{"title":"Catering Appliances","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"0-8ltr-commercial-junior-cutter-bowl-for-herbs-and-nuts","title":"0.8Ltr Commercial Junior Cutter Bowl for Herbs and Nuts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Junior Cutter Bowl is an essential component for anyone looking to efficiently process herbs, garlic, onions, and nuts. This versatile tool is perfect for chefs and cooking enthusiasts who demand speed and precision in their culinary tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, this cutting bowl features a sharp blade designed for optimal performance. It offers an ideal solution for quickly and effectively chopping multiple ingredients, minimizing prep time and maximizing productivity in the kitchen. Unlike more complex food processors, this bowl is straightforward and easy to clean, making it a practical choice for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 800g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits easily into any kitchen setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSharp blade ensures a fast and efficient chopping experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, saving you valuable time after cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with stick blenders for seamless integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design – Easily store it in limited kitchen spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient sharp blade – Quick and precise cutting for various ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy visibility – Transparent material allows you to monitor progress at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow weight – Reduces fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use – Great for herbs, nuts, and more, enhancing diverse dish preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple cleanup – Dishwasher safe for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast and efficient preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time chopping and more time enjoying your meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable and high-quality materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting use, even in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy integration with stick blenders\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamline your food prep process with compatible tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Junior Cutter Bowl excels in various culinary settings, making it a must-have for different applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for quick ingredient prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services to manage large quantities efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBaking enthusiasts for chopping nuts and herbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking classes to demonstrate efficient food handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure proper installation by aligning the cutter bowl securely with your stick blender. Regular maintenance includes cleaning with warm, soapy water or placing it in the dishwasher for ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Junior Cutter Bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bowl has a capacity of 0.8 liters, ideal for small to medium food prep tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this cutter bowl for chopping hard ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to efficiently chop herbs, garlic, onions, and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the cutter bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bowl is easy to clean and can be washed with warm, soapy water or placed in a dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your preparation efficiency with the Junior Cutter Bowl. Order today to elevate your cooking experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810481193345,"sku":"GF341","price":923.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/950b191c7896a4fc7e60af197b98a23a.png?v=1781697682"},{"product_id":"1-litre-commercial-oven-cleaner-rinse-aid-for-combi-steamers","title":"1 Litre Commercial Oven Cleaner Rinse Aid for Combi Steamers","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CONVOCare K Rinse Agent 1Ltr is an essential cleaning solution designed specifically for commercial kitchen environments. Ideal for chefs and restaurant owners, this rinse agent effectively enhances the cleanliness and hygiene of your combi steamers, ensuring superior results after each use. By optimizing your oven's sanitization process, it not only maintains peak performance but also extends the longevity of your equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed for use, the rinse agent combines high-quality components that deliver exceptional cleaning power. This product alleviates the challenges associated with cleaning and sanitizing ovens by working effortlessly alongside other cleaning agents. Its unique formulation not only ensures a spotless finish but also enhances the efficiency of cleaning routines, making it a reliable choice for busy kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimally balanced for use with all Combi steamers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRinse aid designed to be mixed with water in a manual sprayer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHelps rinse and sanitize ovens after cleaning, ensuring a hygienic finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eImproves overall cleaning effectiveness and maintenance practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for combi steamers, ensuring compatibility with your equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasily mixes with water, simplifying the cleaning process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances cleaning efficacy by promoting better rinsing and sanitization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlue color helps identify the solution for proper use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1-litre capacity provides ample supply for various cleaning needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupports sustainability initiatives by promoting efficiency in cleaning routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Oven Cleaners\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eImproved Hygiene\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps prevent food contamination and ensures a cleaner workspace.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTime-Saving\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the effort and time needed for oven cleaning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficiency Boost\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the performance and lifespan of your combi steamers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CONVOCare K Rinse Agent has versatile applications within various settings. Its formulation allows for efficient use across different industries and cleaning scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for restaurants and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service providers needing quick turnarounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospitality businesses maintaining high hygiene standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services where equipment cleanliness is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstitutional kitchens in schools and hospitals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAny environment requiring rigorous sanitation protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal use, mix the rinse agent with water as directed and apply using a manual sprayer. Ensure to follow any specific guidelines recommended by your equipment manufacturer for the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I use the CONVOCare K Rinse Agent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix the rinse agent with water in a manual sprayer for effective rinsing and sanitizing of your ovens after cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product safe to use with all combi steamers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the rinse agent is specifically formulated to be optimally balanced for all combi steamers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size bottle is available for purchase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CONVOCare K Rinse Agent is offered in a convenient 1-litre capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience improved cleanliness and sanitation with the CONVOCare K Rinse Agent 1Ltr, the perfect solution for maintaining exceptional hygiene in any kitchen. Order today to enhance your cleaning process!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810483847553,"sku":"HW545","price":148.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7f49d5adbef58cd9cbe5f8729706f824.png?v=1781697716"},{"product_id":"1-1l-commercial-milk-frother-cleaner-concentrate-for-coffee-machines","title":"1.1L Commercial Milk Frother Cleaner Concentrate for Coffee Machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Alkaline Milk Frother Cleaner Concentrate 1.1Ltr is an essential product for anyone who enjoys making coffee with milk, whether at home or in a commercial setting. Designed for both automatic and manual coffee machines, this cleaner ensures that the taste and quality of your beverages remain intact. By effectively breaking down milk proteins, fats, and residues, it maximizes your machine's performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with careful consideration of the cleaning needs in coffee preparation, this solution is food safe and specifically developed to address the challenging build-up from dairy products. With a built-in measuring device, it offers precise dosing, taking the guesswork out of your cleaning routine. The cleaner is user-friendly and powerful, making it a standout choice for achieving a hygienic and efficient coffee-making process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.07kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContact Time\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses Per Bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e 33\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDilution Ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e 1:10 for light soiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e Most commercial coffee or espresso machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage\u003c\/strong\u003e Use neat for heavy soiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIrritant\u003c\/strong\u003e Handle with care\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in measuring device allows for accurate dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCleans milk lines of auto-frothers and traditional steam wands easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowered cleaning solution effectively removes calcium build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe solution is designed for easy cycling through auto-frothers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective breakdown of dairy residues ensures cleaner equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast contact time makes for efficient cleaning in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate dosing simplifies measurement and saves product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood-safe formulation assures hygiene and safety in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use with multiple types of coffee machines enhances cleaning options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly formula means minimal training is required for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kitchen Cleaning Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep milk frothing equipment in top condition for better tasting coffee.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccurate dosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily measure the right amount needed, ensuring optimal performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFood safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain hygiene standards with a safe solution for food contact equipment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick action\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time enjoying your coffee.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alkaline Milk Frother Cleaner Concentrate excels in various settings where milk and coffee preparation processes are required. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial coffee shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafés\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice coffee stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome espresso machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service establishments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, follow the dilution ratios provided for light and heavy soiling. Ensure that you cycle the solution through your machine according to the manufacturer's instructions for optimal cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the cleaner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix according to the dilution ratio provided, and cycle through your milk frother or steam wand for thorough cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product safe for all coffee machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is suitable for use with most commercial coffee or espresso machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I clean my milk frother?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning after each use is recommended to prevent build-up and maintain the quality of your beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your equipment is always performing at its best with the Alkaline Milk Frother Cleaner Concentrate 1.1Ltr. Order today to elevate your coffee-making experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810496332161,"sku":"GG952","price":33.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2ea931a56b3003155fde15b26b92b3c1.png?v=1781697838"},{"product_id":"1-1l-commercial-pod-coffee-machine-with-flow-stop-feature","title":"1.1L Commercial Pod Coffee Machine with Flow Stop Feature","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ by.W is a sophisticated pod coffee machine designed for coffee lovers who appreciate convenience without compromising on taste. Ideal for both home and office use, this elegant machine offers a seamless brewing experience that delivers barista-quality coffee with the simple touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durable plastic materials, the machine not only showcases a sleek finish but also solves the common problem of inconsistent coffee preparation. Its standout feature, the Flow Stop, allows users to customize their coffee length easily, ensuring that each cup meets personal preferences. With commitment to innovation, the CitiZ model sets itself apart with its rapid heat-up time and -efficient design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.26kW. Compatible with Original Pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 250(H) x 140(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Non-Commercial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.95kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding cup support for two positions: one for espresso cups and another for latte macchiato glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast heat-up time of only 25 seconds ensures a quick brew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19-bar pressure pump extracts the best aroma for a rich coffee experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto power-off feature helps in conservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow Stop feature enables personalized coffee lengths for tailored tastes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge water tank reduces the frequency of refills, enhancing convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits well in smaller spaces, perfect for urban living.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction makes moving and storage hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with a wide range of coffee pods for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast setup means less waiting time and more coffee enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pod Coffee Machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomizable coffee length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl over your brew for a personal touch in every cup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick heat-up time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy your coffee in just 25 seconds—perfect for busy mornings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge water tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess time refilling means more time enjoying coffee with friends.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -saving features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo your part for the environment while enjoying delicious coffee.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ shines in a variety of settings, making it a versatile addition to your kitchen or workspace. Its sleek design and efficient operation make it perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily coffee rituals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices looking to boost employee satisfaction with quality coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall cafes wishing to expand their beverage offerings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling chefs needing a reliable kitchen companion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial gatherings for convenient coffee service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ is designed for straightforward installation. It can be easily plugged into a outlet and doesn’t require any complicated setups. Regular cleaning and occasional descaling will keep the machine in optimal working condition, ensuring each cup remains flavorful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to heat up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine heats up in just 25 seconds, allowing quick access to your favorite coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of coffee pods can I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ is compatible with Original Pods, providing a wide variety of flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 1-year non-commercial warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the CitiZ by.W, elevate your coffee brewing experience to new heights. Enjoy perfectly brewed coffee with convenience that fits your lifestyle. Order today and discover the joy of brewing at home.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810496856449,"sku":"JB694","price":290.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4a247b5af09fb085a365405af26d6466.png?v=1781697845"},{"product_id":"1-1l-commercial-pod-coffee-machine-with-flow-stop-feature-1","title":"1.1L Commercial Pod Coffee Machine with Flow Stop Feature","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ by Black.B is a versatile pod coffee machine designed for coffee enthusiasts seeking convenience without sacrificing quality. Ideal for home or small office use, it allows users to brew a delightful cup of coffee in just seconds, combining speed, style, and functionality. The machine’s fast heat-up time and compact design ensure that your coffee will be ready when you are, making mornings a little brighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable plastic, the CitiZ offers reliability and modern aesthetics. Its 1.1-litre water tank minimizes the need for frequent refills, while the Flow Stop feature allows you to customize your coffee length. This thoughtful engineering ensures a seamless brewing experience, setting this machine apart from others in its class by focusing on user-friendly operation and innovative technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.26kW. Compatible with Original Pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 255(H) x 120(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.95kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1-litre water tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure\u003c\/strong\u003e 19-bar pump for optimal extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSliding cup support allows for two positions, accommodating both espresso cups and latte macchiato glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasily set your preferred coffee length, with automatic stop functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving auto power off mode for added convenience and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrews coffee in just 25 seconds thanks to an efficient thermoblock system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast heat-up time – Enjoy your coffee in 25 seconds, perfect for busy mornings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlow Stop feature – Customize your coffee length for personalized beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge water tank – Reduces the frequency of refills, allowing for multiple servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e19-bar pressure pump – Guarantees rich crema and maximum flavor extraction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving mode – Automatically powers off when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design – Fits seamlessly into any kitchen space, enhancing your decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pod Coffee Machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick brew time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess waiting, more enjoying your coffee.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable coffee length\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy coffee just how you like it, every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpacious water tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer refills mean more uninterrupted coffee enjoyment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e19-bar pressure pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExperience barista-quality coffee at home.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coffee pod machine excels in various settings, ensuring you can enjoy quality coffee wherever you are. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily coffee lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmall office environments for on-the-go caffeine boosts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBreakfast bars in cafes offering quick options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTraveling accommodations desiring compact brewing solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, regularly clean the CitiZ according to the manufacturer's instructions. Proper maintenance will prolong its lifespan and keep your coffee tasting great.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of pods can be used with this machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ is compatible with Original Pods, allowing for a wide variety of coffee options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to heat up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the thermoblock system, the machine is ready to brew in just 25 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the CitiZ?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coffee machine comes with a 1-year non-commercial warranty for your peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CitiZ by Black.B is designed to elevate your coffee brewing experience with speed and convenience. Don’t miss out on enhancing your daily routine—order today and enjoy café-quality coffee with every cup!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810497380737,"sku":"JB693","price":278.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ece3b6e1720e3fbc09078be1e807e818.png?v=1781697852"},{"product_id":"1-25l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-600w-power","title":"1.25L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed 600W Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Grey 33 is an essential tool for enthusiasts of mixing and blending. Perfect for bars, cafes, and home kitchens, this efficient blender allows you to create smoothies, cocktails, and other beverages at the touch of a button. The ability to your drinks quickly and efficiently means you can serve more customers or enjoy more time with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the Bar Blender is built from high-quality materials that ensure -lasting performance. Featuring a sleek grey design, it seamlessly integrates into any workspace while solving the common challenge of inconsistent blending. The waterproof motor block further distinguishes it from competitors, allowing for worry-free operation around liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Dual speed 1.25Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 420(H) x 180(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 12000 \u0026amp; 16000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor ensures reliable performance for continuous use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraduated container provides clear measurements for precise ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof motor block for safe operation in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo speed settings allow you to adjust blending intensity based on ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with filling gap allows addition of ingredients during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades offer excellent durability and cutting efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient dual-speed control to create the perfect texture for any beverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction reduces downtime and enhances user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity accommodates multiple servings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it easy to store when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile design suitable for both commercial and home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, ensuring quick turnaround between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailor the blending process to achieve your desired consistency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReliable operation, even during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrepare drinks for larger groups, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork confidently around liquids without risking damage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender is versatile and excels in various settings. Its design and functionality make it an excellent choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops for creating smoothies and frothy beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for mixing cocktails and blending ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for quick and easy meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and gyms for serving nutritious shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for crafting sauces or dressings with a smooth texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the blender is placed on a flat, stable surface for optimal operation. Regularly clean the stainless steel blades and the container after use to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 1-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender handle hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is advisable to allow hot liquids to cool before blending to ensure safety and optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the speed options available with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender offers two speed settings: 12000 rpm and 16000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Bar Blender Grey 33. Order today to discover exceptional blending performance for your drinks and dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810499051905,"sku":"CK765","price":667.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ae520966de7a9936d541e24d2af6258e.png?v=1781697886"},{"product_id":"1-25l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-600w-power-1","title":"1.25L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed 600W Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Green 33 is your ideal companion for creating delicious smoothies, cocktails, and culinary sauces. Perfect for both home and use, this powerful bar blender enhances your beverage-making experience with its robust features and sleek design. Its dual-speed operation offers versatility, making it a must-have for bartenders and home cooks alike.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality materials, the Bar Blender Green 33 addresses the need for an efficient and durable blending solution. The waterproof motor block ensures -lasting performance, while the stainless steel blades guarantee efficient and consistent blending. With its compact size, it's easy to store, making it an excellent choice for even the most space-constrained kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Dual speed\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 420(H) x 180(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 12000 \u0026amp; 16000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlades\u003c\/strong\u003e St\/St Blades\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGraduated container for easy measurement, holding up to 1.25L of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCover with filling gap allows for safe and convenient additions while blending.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof motor block extends longevity and enhances safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor for efficient blending, capable of meeting high demands.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDual-speed settings allow for customizable blending according to ingredient types.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to transport and maneuver, especially in busy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades ensure durability and a smooth blending experience, reducing wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact footprint fits well in both bar settings and small residential kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, minimizing downtime between blending tasks and speeding up service. \u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eHigh power of 600W\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEfficiently blends tough ingredients with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDual speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eOffers flexibility to tailor blending speed for various recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to store without taking up too much space.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures -lasting use even in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Green 33 excels in various settings. Its powerful performance makes it suitable for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for bars and cocktail lounges, creating smoothies and cocktails with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eExcellent choice for cafes that serve fresh drinks made to order.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing efficient blending for sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGreat for home kitchens focused on healthy living and meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUseful in catering services for rapid preparation of a variety of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain peak performance, ensure the blender is placed on a sturdy surface during use. Regularly clean the blending container and blades to prevent buildup and maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt features stainless steel blades and a waterproof motor block, ensuring durability and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Green 33 has a capacity of 1.25 liters, making it ample for various recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty available for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 1-year warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Bar Blender Green 33 today and elevate your blending experience to new heights. Whether you’re making smoothies, cocktails, or sauces, this versatile blender is designed to deliver outstanding results, making it an essential addition to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810499543425,"sku":"CK764","price":703.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/192e2e5727c90a8f5ad6a9ea98fc0482.png?v=1781697893"},{"product_id":"1-25l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-600w-power-2","title":"1.25L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed 600W Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Chrome 33 is the perfect companion for anyone looking to elevate their beverage game, whether it's a home bar enthusiast or a bartender. With its robust motor and sleek chrome finish, this blender combines style and functionality, making it an essential tool for creating delicious cocktails, smoothies, and purees effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted for durability, the Bar Blender boasts a heavy-duty construction designed to withstand daily use in high-paced environments. Its waterproof motor block ensures reliability, while the stainless steel blades make quick work of even the toughest ingredients. This blender solves the common problem of inconsistent blending, delivering smooth results every time, setting it apart from less powerful competitors on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Dual speed 1.25Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 420(H) x 180(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTwo speed settings allow versatility for various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cover with filling gap for safe ingredient addition during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor ensures reliable performance even during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGraduated container allows for precise measurement of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof motor block prevents damage, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHigh-speed blending at 12000 \u0026amp; 16000 rpm for quick results.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact design ideal for bar counters, saving valuable space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components streamline maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel blades designed to withstand tough ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile use for cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDesigned with aesthetics in mind to complement any kitchen or bar setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFaster blending means time saved during busy shifts.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCapability to blend a variety of drinks, from smooth purees to chunky salsas.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurability ensures -term use without frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender excels in a variety of settings, making it an invaluable addition to any kitchen or bar. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBars and clubs for crafting cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eJuice bars for quick smoothie production.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services for large batch mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply plug the Bar Blender into a compatible power supply and follow the manufacturer’s maintenance guidelines to keep it in top condition.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of recipes can I use with the Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender is versatile, ideal for cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features easy-to-clean components for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eTake your beverage preparation to the next level with the Bar Blender Chrome 33. Order today and enhance your kitchen or bar experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810499838337,"sku":"CK766","price":667.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f5b7b9601c7f235325f43b9055a8330b.png?v=1781697900"},{"product_id":"1-25ltr-polycarbonate-container-for-commercial-blenders","title":"1.25Ltr Polycarbonate Container for Commercial Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.25Ltr Polycarbonate Container is the perfect solution for those who need a reliable and durable replacement or additional container for their commercial blenders. Designed for busy kitchens and foodservice environments, this accessory enhances your blending experience by providing convenience and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality polycarbonate, this container is not only clear for easy visibility but also robust enough to withstand the demands of a commercial setting. It addresses the common issue of needing spare parts in kitchens, ensuring that your blending tasks can continue seamlessly without downtime. The container’s comfortable handle simplifies pouring, allowing for precision and cleanliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 6126-908R-CE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25Ltr \/ 44oz - with comfortable handle for easier pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades quickly cut through ice for smooth blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction for easy handling and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent design allows quick monitoring of contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable polycarbonate material ensures longevity in tough environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.25Ltr capacity meets diverse blending needs, from smoothies to soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle design for comfort, encouraging efficient pouring and serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, minimizing downtime between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits seamlessly with the HBB908R-UK model for compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer warranty provides peace of mind for your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOffers durability and resistance to wear, ensuring it lasts longer in commercial use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows for easy monitoring of blending progress without stopping the machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFacilitates easy pouring, reducing mess and improving operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks specifically with blenders, ensuring a perfect fit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis spare container is versatile and excels in various settings, making it an essential addition to any kitchen. Ideal environments include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés need reliable blending for drinks and light meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing sauces or purees quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBakeries requiring smooth mixes for batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars creating frozen cocktails or smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks blending fresh ingredients on-the-go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.25Ltr polycarbonate container is designed for easy installation with blenders, specifically the HBB908R-UK model. For optimal longevity, rinse immediately after use and periodically clean with mild detergent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat blenders are compatible with this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis container is specifically designed to fit the HBB908R-UK commercial blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the container dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended to wash the container by hand with mild detergent for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the container come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 1-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Commercial Spare 1.25Ltr Polycarbonate Container ensures that your blending tasks are always supported by a reliable accessory. Shop now to enhance your kitchen's efficiency and performance!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810500133249,"sku":"JB505","price":247.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b64fe16ecea94f3cedda5a3cc4a7bbd5.png?v=1781697907"},{"product_id":"1-2l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"1.2L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 3 Satin is designed for culinary enthusiasts who appreciate high-quality blending capabilities, providing an efficient solution for both hot and cold liquids. With a generous capacity of 1.2 liters, this food blender transforms ingredients effortlessly, unlocking flavors and textures for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable borosilicate glass, this blender is both resilient and non-porous, ensuring longevity and excellent performance. It addresses the common challenges of retaining nutrients during the blending process with its innovative cold mix technology. The exclusive BlenderMix technology enhances blending efficacy, resulting in a finer blend every time. Quiet and powerful, the Blender has also received Quiet Mark Accreditation, making it a perfect addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW. Working capacity: 1.2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 384(H) x 164(W) x 164(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant borosilicate glass jug – ensures durability against temperature extremes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecipe book included – inspires creativity in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree App includes more recipes – provides endless culinary options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup – precise measurement guarantees ideal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 Auto programs with manual speed control – customize blending for different ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlenderMix technology – optimizes blade design for a perfect emulsion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInnovative cold mix technology keeps nutrients intact during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly interface with auto programs simplifies the blending process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction means less wear and tear and longer-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComprehensive recipe book provides inspiration for healthy eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it suitable for any kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimized blender design for superior blending results enhances culinary creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCold mix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRetains nutrients and flavor in every blend.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable borosilicate glass jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAvoids cracks and damage from hot liquids.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for early mornings or late-night blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecipe book and app support\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccess to a variety of nutritious recipes at your fingertips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile food blender excels in various settings, making it suitable for a range of culinary tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily smoothie and soup preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused meal prep for nutritious diet plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchen settings for efficient blending on a larger scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDining establishments looking to enhance beverage and sauce variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a flat, stable surface for safe operation, and clean the borosilicate glass jug with warm, soapy water after each use for longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Blender Power 3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity of the blender is 1.2 liters, allowing for large batch blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug safe for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the borosilicate glass jug is thermoresistant and can handle both hot and cold liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of recipes can I find in the included book?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe book includes a variety of nutritious recipes to inspire your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the magic of blending with the Blender Power 3 Satin, your go-to kitchen companion for effortlessly creating healthy, delicious concoctions. Order today and elevate your culinary capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810500395393,"sku":"CU204","price":403.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/30c481f7864bb1508d097ed292432b5e.png?v=1781697914"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-air-whip-frothing-jar-for-blenders","title":"1.4L Commercial Air Whip Frothing Jar for Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Air Whip Frothing Jar is an essential accessory designed for professionals who demand high-quality results in their culinary creations. This replacement frothing jar enhances the capabilities of commercial blenders, making it perfect for tasks such as whipping cream, creating culinary foams, and emulsifying sauces. With a generous capacity of 1.4 liters, it's perfect for high-volume use in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust polycarbonate, the frothing jar stands out for its durability and -lasting performance. Its clear design allows for easy monitoring of blending processes, ensuring precise results every time. This jar addresses the common issues of inefficiency and inconsistency, giving culinary professionals a reliable tool that ensures uniformity in their blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr \/ 48oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable filler-cap lets you add ingredients while blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile container for culinary foams, whipped cream, emulsions, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-read level indicator for proper measurement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCone agitator designed for maximum aeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction ensures durability in high-use environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous capacity allows for large batches, saving time in food prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable cap makes adding ingredients seamless without interrupting the blending process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear material allows for visibility, enabling you to track the blending progress easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCone agitator maximizes aeration for superior foam quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-read level indicator ensures precise measurements for reliable results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable polycarbonate construction withstands frequent use in commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides reliability, ensuring you won’t need frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile functionality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroadens your kitchen’s ability to create gourmet dishes effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImproves efficiency by allowing you to monitor blending without stopping.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy ingredient addition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimplifies the process of making complex recipes, saving time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Air Whip Frothing Jar excels in various settings, including kitchens, cafes, and catering events. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhipping cream for desserts and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating foams for specialty coffee drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmulsifying sauces and dressings for gourmet dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing large batches of culinary elements for events and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking smoothies and healthy drinks efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply attach the frothing jar to compatible blenders such as. Hand wash the jar or place it in the dishwasher for easy cleaning. Avoid using abrasive materials to maintain its clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this frothing jar be used with any blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frothing jar is specifically designed for use with commercial blenders, particularly the.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the frothing jar dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the frothing jar can be washed in the dishwasher; however, hand washing is recommended to maintain its clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this frothing jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Air Whip Frothing Jar comes with a 1-year warranty, ensuring your investment is protected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your blending capabilities with the Commercial Air Whip Frothing Jar. This jar ensures exceptional performance, allowing you to whip, foam, and emulsify with ease. Order today to elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810502820225,"sku":"JB509","price":751.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/999b22e938c10226ef690a50affc1a69.png?v=1781697961"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-for-smoothies-and-frozen-drinks","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender for Smoothies and Frozen Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tango Drinks Blender is the go-to solution for those who demand quality in their beverages, whether you run a busy bar or a cozy smoothie shop. Engineered to deliver bar-quality results, this blender excels in crafting creamy frozen margaritas and luscious specialty drinks with unmatched precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a durable 1.4Ltr BPA-free co-polyester container, the Tango is built to withstand the daily rigors of high-volume use. Its sealed switches provide excellent protection against spills, making it both practical and powerful. This makes preparing drinks easier and more efficient, which is a significant advantage in any fast-paced environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.495kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 205(W) x 195(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor ensures ultra-smooth blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTriple-sealed leak-resistant lid to prevent spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable timer for walkaway convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance stainless steel blade effortlessly cuts through ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet prevent skidding during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power motor allows for quick blending of tough ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures longevity even in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed switches provide protection against wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable timer promotes efficiency in busy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action technology guarantees consistent blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient size minimizes storage requirements without compromising capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand heavy daily use, saving you from frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSealed switches\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProtection from spills reduces maintenance issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent, quality results for every drink, boosting customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable timer\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFrees up your time for other tasks during busy periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tango Drinks Blender is versatile and excels in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for crafting cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and smoothie shops for fresh fruit blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for prepared sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers and health clubs for protein shakes and healthy smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatered events for efficiently serving large quantities of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface. Clean the blender after each use to maintain hygiene and blender longevity. Follow provided instructions for any necessary maintenance during the warranty period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Tango Drinks Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 1.4 liters, making it suitable for various drink preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of the container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe container is made from BPA-free co-polyester, ensuring safety and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, providing peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810503016833,"sku":"JB521","price":1283.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/40ab1e97035aab1701a4a8725395f6ec.png?v=1781697968"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-and-countdown-timer","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug and Countdown Timer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB160K with Extra Jug is an essential tool for any bar or kitchen that focuses on delivering high-quality blended beverages. Designed for chefs and bartenders who demand efficiency without compromising performance, this specialized blender offers a powerful motor and a spacious jug, ensuring quick preparation of cocktails and smoothies. With its user-friendly design, this blender helps streamline your drink service, making it a must-have for settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable materials, the Torq 2 Bar Blender is built to withstand the rigors of high-volume environments. The plastic body offers resilience while maintaining a light weight, making it easy to handle. The inclusion of a second 1.4-litre co-polyester jug enhances your operational efficiency, allowing for simultaneous preparations without downtime. Unlike other blenders, this model features a countdown timer, helping you keep track of blending cycles and ensuring consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4W. Dual speed. 1.4Ltr. Countdown timer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr | 49¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 396.88(H) x 292.10(W) x 228.60(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.56kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-performance 2HP motor with two speeds offers flexibility for various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic touchpad controls ensure ease of use and precision during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend three 450ml margaritas in under 8 seconds for swift service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo durable, stackable BPA-free jugs provide added convenience and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic countdown timer helps maintain consistency in beverage preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust design suitable for high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra jug included for increased productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast blending capabilities cater to busy establishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual speeds adjust to different recipes and ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls make it accessible for staff of all skill levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions enable easy storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivers consistent results quickly, saving you valuable time during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows quick adjustments, reducing the learning curve for staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded extra jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFacilitates simultaneous blending, which increases your output and efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures reliability and longevity, saving you costs on replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender is versatile and excels in various environments. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars for crafting cocktails, including frozen margaritas and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés for preparing fruit smoothies and blended coffee drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for creating sauces or creamy soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth food establishments for blending nutritional shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuice bars for fresh fruit juices mixed perfectly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and plugged into a grounded outlet. Regularly clean the jugs and blades, and follow the manufacturer's guidance for maintenance to ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the blender's capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender has a capacity of 1.4Ltr, which is approximately 49¼oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the blender for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is primarily designed for blending cold beverages, such as smoothies and cocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included with the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind regarding quality and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference that the Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB160K with Extra Jug can make in your bar or kitchen. Shop now and enhance your beverage service while increasing efficiency in your operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810503344513,"sku":"SA506","price":1151.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ffacca40d90b543cf81d8b0b1ced582e.png?v=1781697974"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-and-dual-speed","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug and Dual Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB300K with Extra Jug is a powerful and efficient solution designed for bartenders and smoothie enthusiasts alike. With its strong performance and user-friendly features, it simplifies the blending process, ensuring consistent quality in every drink. Perfect for busy bars or cafes, this blender allows you to create delicious cocktails and smoothies with ease, making it an essential addition to your kitchen arsenal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable plastics, the Blade Bar Blender minimizes wear and tear, ensuring reliability and longevity. Its design addresses the need for speed and precision in blending, featuring a dual-speed motor that adapts to different ingredients. The included additional 1.4L BPA-free co-polyester jug enhances output capacity, allowing for greater production without compromising quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 390(H) x 260(W) x 263(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.14kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlends up to three 450ml margaritas in less than 12 seconds, boosting efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-speed operation at 16,000 and 20,100rpm for versatile blending options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a high-quality industrial steel blade for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to operate with simple toggle switch controls for high, low, off, and pulse settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable rubberized jar pad reduces noise and simplifies cleaning after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-durable commercial-grade motor ensures longevity and reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.4L BPA-free jug allows for safe handling of food and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for high-volume settings, supporting 25-49 drinks per day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulse function provides blending precision for achieving desired textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy maneuvering and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAesthetic black finish fits seamlessly into any bar or kitchen setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 750W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortless blending of tough ingredients, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible control to blend smooth drinks or chunkier mixtures as needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreased efficiency with fewer batches required for large orders.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting appliance reduces replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile appliance excels in various environments where efficiency and quality are paramount. Whether you're in a bustling bar or a cozy café, the Blade Bar Blender is perfectly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating refreshing smoothies and health drinks in smoothie bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing vibrant cocktails in pubs and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing sauces and dressings in commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events requiring large quantities of blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuice preparation in juice bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance and longevity, it is recommended to clean the jug and blade after each use. The blender is easy to set up; simply plug it in, and it's ready for action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of drinks can I make with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can blend cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and even dressings with the Blade Bar Blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jug is BPA-free and designed for easy cleaning, though hand washing is encouraged to maintain its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow noisy is the blender during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable rubberized jar pad helps dampen sound, making it relatively quiet compared to other models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your blending capabilities with the Blade Bar Blender BB300K. Its powerful motor and practical features make it an indispensable tool for anyone looking to streamline their drink-making process. Order today and elevate your beverage game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810503704961,"sku":"SA509","price":1163.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6e4840d461f40c229f0dba7d2e5bc32e.png?v=1781697981"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-for-smoothies","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB145K with Extra Jug is an exceptional addition to any bar or café looking to streamline their drink preparation process. Designed specifically for high-volume environments, this powerful blender is ideal for crafting smoothies, margaritas, and other blended beverages quickly and efficiently. With its robust performance and high-capacity jugs, it significantly enhances your productivity, enabling you to serve your customers faster without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable plastic and equipped with a stainless steel drive coupling, the Torq 2 Bar Blender ensures longevity and reliability in busy settings. Its sleek black finish adds a touch of professionalism to any countertop. This blender solves the issue of blending small batches that take too much time, allowing you to effortlessly create three 450ml margaritas in under eight seconds. The blender's robust dual-speed motor offers versatility and precision, making it easier to achieve the perfect consistency for every recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW. Dual speed. 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr | 49¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 396.88(H) x 292.10(W) x 228.60(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes an extra 1.4 litre co-polyester jug for increased output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClassic toggle switch design for straightforward, no-nonsense operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel, user-replaceable drive coupling enhances longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlends efficiently with speeds of 20,900 and 24,500rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDual-speed functionality allows for versatile blending options in various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction for demanding bar environments ensures it withstands daily wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick blending time increases service efficiency, allowing for greater customer turnover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable parts reduce downtime and service costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jugs ensure safe food preparation without harmful chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits easily in crowded bar spaces, maximizing operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServe drinks faster, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExtra jug included\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased output, less time waiting for jugs to wash.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy for staff to use with minimal training required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender excels in a variety of environments, making it a versatile tool for any food establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for fast cocktail and margarita preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving smoothies and health drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing quick blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge gatherings or events requiring batch drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface away from heat sources. Regularly clean the jugs and components to maintain hygiene and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the Torq 2 Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a power consumption of 1.4kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 1.4 litres, allowing for large batch blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the jugs be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a durable, user-replaceable co-polyester jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB145K with Extra Jug not only enhances your drink preparation effectiveness but also ensures a faster service for your clientele. Order today and transform your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810504229249,"sku":"SA505","price":1475.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5f8b5ca826d1d7c51bdb5b322380e4ea.png?v=1781697988"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-programmable-dual-speed","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Programmable Dual Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB340SK with Extra Jug is an essential tool for anyone in the hospitality industry, from bartenders to smoothie shops. Designed for high-demand environments, this robust blender excels at crafting smooth beverages quickly, allowing you to serve delicious drinks without delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from premium stainless steel and durable polycarbonate, this blender is built to last in busy settings. The BB340SK features a spacious 1.4-liter capacity that enhances output efficiency, supporting your production demands. Its powerful motor and sleek design ensure it stands out in any bar or kitchen while providing reliable performance day after day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 390.53(H) x 260.35(W) x 263.54(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput\u003c\/strong\u003e 750\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo speeds with options for 16,700 and 21,700rpm for tailored blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1HP commercial grade motor ensures longevity and efficiency for high volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElectronic touchpad controls simplify operation with a 99-second countdown timer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable rubberized jar pad for noise dampening and easy clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProgrammable functionality allows for precise control over blending cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlends up to three 450ml margaritas in less than 12 seconds, perfect for quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe pulse function adds versatility for achieving desired consistency in your blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity stainless steel jug is not only durable but also easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber jar pad enhances user experience by reducing noise and improving stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits neatly on countertops, optimizing space in commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh power motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlends ingredients quickly, saving time during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProgrammable settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable blending options enhance batch consistency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers longevity and reliability in demanding environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlined maintenance saves time and effort between uses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB340SK is versatile enough for various settings and can be used effectively in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating cocktails and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes serving blended drinks and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing soups and purées.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers offering nutritional shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering companies needing quick blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Blade Bar Blender is straightforward and requires minimal assembly. Regular cleaning and maintenance will ensure optimal performance; simply disassemble the jug and wash with warm, soapy water after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender comes with a 1.4-liter stainless steel jug, ideal for preparing large batches of drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender operates with a powerful 750W motor, providing strong performance for blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender comes with a one-year warranty, giving you peace of mind regarding its durability and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEfficient and reliable, the Blade Bar Blender BB340SK with Extra Jug will ramp up your drink production and streamline your operations. Order today to enhance your beverage service capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810504819073,"sku":"SA511","price":1526.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6dadeed983b56f6e6e50de1bea174277.png?v=1781697995"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-toggle-switch-for-smoothies","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Toggle Switch for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Blender with Toggle Switch TBB145K is an essential appliance for bars, restaurants, and smoothie shops looking to streamline their beverage preparation. This powerful bar blender delivers impressive results with a dual-speed motor designed to make three margaritas in just 8 seconds, making it a time-saving investment for any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a durable co-polyester jug that is BPA-free, the TBB145K is built for longevity and ease of use. Its classic toggle switch design simplifies operation, allowing users to easily switch between low, high, and pulse modes. This versatility and its 1.4-liter capacity ensure it meets the demands of busy establishments while remaining easy to clean and maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW, Dual speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr | 49¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 203(H) x 451(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh performance 2HP commercial motor for demanding tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e24,000 max rpm for excellent blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel drive coupling that is user-replaceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient stackable jug design simplifies storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust power output enables quick blending, reducing wait times during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed settings provide versatility for mixing a variety of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free material ensures health safety while blending ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes this blender easy to relocate and store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components to maintain hygiene effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt to withstand the rigorous demands of a kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast blending time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time preparing drinks, boosting customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimal training required for staff, improving efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting appliance that reduces replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximize productivity during busy shifts with fewer refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Blender excels in various applications, making it a versatile choice for different environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for busy bars rapidly creating cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing quick smoothies or purees for entrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat addition to smoothie shops requiring a reliable blending solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for commercial kitchens where efficiency and speed are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal operation, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and connected to a 230V power supply. Regular cleaning of the jug and components is essential to ensure longevity and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of motor does the TBB145K have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender features a high-performance 2HP commercial motor with dual speed settings for versatile blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug of the blender safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender’s co-polyester jug is BPA-free, ensuring a safe blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean the Torq 2 Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design of the TBB145K allows for easy cleaning, making maintenance straightforward for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience efficient blending with the Torq 2 Blender with Toggle Switch TBB145K. Order today to elevate your beverage preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810505212289,"sku":"CP870","price":909.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ada15a594ce2b23baac6433c76eec0a2.png?v=1781698001"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-blender-replacement-copolyester-container","title":"1.4L Commercial Blender Replacement Copolyester Container","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Copolyester Container is an essential accessory for users of commercial blenders. Designed for blending enthusiasts, this spare container provides flexibility and convenience for high-volume blending tasks. Its durable construction and smart features ensure optimal performance, allowing you to whip up smoothies, sauces, and other creations with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from BPA-free co-polyester, the container is not only sturdy but also facilitates safe food preparation. It solves the common problem of needing an additional container for busy kitchens, making it an indispensable addition for restaurants, cafes, or catering services. With its ergonomic design and practical features, this spare container is engineered to enhance the blending experience while ensuring longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 6126-455-CE\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr \/ 48oz. BPA-free co-polyester container\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAll-metal clutch designed for durability and reliability. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable filler-cap allows for adding ingredients while blending for uninterrupted mixing. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLid-open sensor prevents accidental blending with the lid removed when paired with a compatible motor base. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriple- lid to minimize spills and maintain freshness of blended contents. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle for comfortable operation and easy pouring. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blade for efficient blending and precision cutting. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures the container withstands rigorous use over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBPA-free material provides peace of mind for your health-conscious clientele.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGenerous capacity allows for preparing larger batches, reducing the need for multiple containers.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive design facilitates easy cleaning and maintenance, saving you valuable time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent design makes it easy to monitor blending progress at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with various commercial blender models ensures you’re covered no matter your existing equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting container that resists wear and tear, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeamlessly integrates with your existing blender setup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances efficiency in the kitchen, allowing you to focus on creativity rather than mechanics.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Copolyester Container is perfect for a variety of settings. Whether you're preparing fresh smoothies, sauces, or soups, this container excels in multiple applications. \u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBusy restaurants needing quick batch preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring portable blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHealth-focused cafes specializing in smoothies and juices.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks maximizing blending capacity in limited space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens aiming for results.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFitting the spare container is straightforward and requires no special tools. Simply attach it to your compatible blender for optimal performance. For maintenance, regular cleaning and proper storage will prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat blenders are compatible with this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis container fits,, and models of commercial blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this container safe for food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is made from BPA-free co-polyester, ensuring it is safe for food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Copolyester Container comes with a one-year warranty against defects.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis container is an excellent addition for anyone reliant on blenders, providing efficiency and versatility in blending tasks. Order today to elevate your blending game and ensure you're always prepared for your culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810505769345,"sku":"JB500","price":568.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0c11ac0f0dbbab773b314007061a01ea.png?v=1781698009"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-frothing-jar-bpa-free-co-polyester-countertop","title":"1.4L Commercial Frothing Jar BPA-Free Co-Polyester Countertop","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial 1.4Ltr Co-polyester Frothing Jar for is an essential tool for busy drink stations and kitchens. Designed for professionals who demand efficiency, this frothing jar allows seamless preparation of high-quality beverages, enabling your team to create exquisite textures with minimal training. Its thoughtful design ensures both convenience and functionality, making it a must-have for any establishment looking to enhance their drink offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from BPA-free co-polyester, this frothing jar combines durability with clarity, allowing you to easily monitor your ingredients. The generous 1.4Ltr (48oz) capacity and clear laser-etched measurements provide accuracy for every pour. Its ergonomic handle and mess-free spout eliminate the hassle often associated with pouring, while the removable filler cap allows for quick ingredient additions. Save space in your kitchen with its stackable design, making it an ideal choice for any bustling food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous 1.4Ltr \/ 48oz capacity supports high volume beverage preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free construction ensures safety and peace of mind for your customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting laser-etched measurements facilitate precise ingredient ratios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design allows for easy and comfortable pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable filler cap enables quick access for adding ingredients on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStackable design maximizes storage efficiency in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with series high-performance blenders for optimal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel frothing disc enhances aeration for superior results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable BPA-free material provides safety and reliability in high-demand situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity minimizes the need for frequent refills during busy service hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear markings make it easy for staff to measure ingredients accurately with every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient handle design reduces strain during repetitive tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick access filler cap significantly streamlines the beverage-making process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with blender series ensures perfect froth creation every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient service during peak hours, enabling quick beverage preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomer safety is prioritized, enhancing your establishment's reputation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision measurements\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent drink quality that meets customer expectations every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces fatigue for staff, allowing for prolonged use without discomfort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial frothing jar excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile addition to your kitchen equipment. Its design and functionality make it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for preparing lattes and cappuccinos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars for crafting frothy cocktails and specialty drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering gourmet dining experiences with crafted beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile food vendors who need reliable equipment on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the Commercial frothing jar, ensure it is properly cleaned after each use. Compatible with the blender series, simply align and secure it for perfect frothing. Regularly check for wear and tear, particularly on the frothing disc, to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the frothing jar dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is recommended to wash the jar by hand to maintain its longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this jar for both warm and cold liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the co-polyester material is designed to handle both warm and cold ingredients effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of beverages can I prepare with this jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can create a variety of frothed beverages, including lattes, cappuccinos, and even cocktails that require aeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Commercial 1.4Ltr Co-polyester Frothing Jar for and elevate your beverage preparation process. This essential tool combines durability, efficiency, and innovation, helping your team deliver exceptional drinks with ease. Order today to enhance your kitchen’s capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810506228097,"sku":"JB512","price":508.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f9f613210f85360c434d021fd83c8050.png?v=1781698020"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-high-performance-drinks-blender-for-smoothies","title":"1.4L Commercial High Performance Drinks Blender for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Edge High Performance Drinks Blender is designed for those who appreciate the perfect blend of power and efficiency. Whether you are a chef, a busy café owner, or a smoothie enthusiast at home, this high-performance blender promises exceptional results with every use. Its advanced technology ensures that your smoothies, sauces, and dressings achieve the ideal consistency and flavor without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durability in mind, the Summit Edge features a robust design that can handle demanding blending tasks. The BPA-free co-polyester container allows you to prepare large batches of your favorite beverages while the unique quiet blend technology minimizes noise, allowing you to enjoy your blending experience without disruption. This blender stands out with its intuitive controls and tool-free cleaning, making it a practical choice for both professionals and home users alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 473(H) x 226(W) x 312(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-touch Auto Blend feature for perfect consistency every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-quiet operation thanks to Advanced Quiet Blend Technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront-facing USB port for optimised programming access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable container with mess-free spout for easy pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free assembly for quick and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime blade warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.9kW motor delivers unmatched performance across various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet blending technology enables use in busy commercial and home settings without disturbing customers or family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed and pulse function allow for versatility in preparing different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to read laser-etched measurements on the container ensure precise ingredient additions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe durable hybrid drive coupling enhances longevity, making it a -term investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in sensors guarantee consistent performance, extending the life of the clutch and ensuring excellent blending output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-quiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrepare drinks without disrupting conversations or your culinary flow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne-touch blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimplifies the blending process, saving you time during busy service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInvest in a blender that lasts, reducing replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime blade warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfidence in product durability, ensuring cutting performance will not diminish.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Edge is versatile and excels in numerous environments, making it an excellent choice for various applications. Its high-performance design ensures that it meets the demands of both professionals and home users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for crafting smoothies and frappes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants when preparing sauces, dressings, and blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and gyms serving smoothies and protein shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily meal prep and snack blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and catering where quick and efficient blending is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the blender on a stable, flat, and dry surface. Ensure the container is securely locked in place prior to operation. Clean the components regularly to maintain hygiene and prolong the life of the appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Edge has a capacity of 1.4 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs the container BPA-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the container is made of BPA-free co-polyester material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat kind of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a three-year warranty for parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience seamless blending with the Summit Edge High Performance Drinks Blender, designed to elevate your mixing capabilities while ensuring efficiency and ease of use. Order today and unlock the potential of your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810506719617,"sku":"JB525","price":2714.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7e7b68851922374ce33c5be6342b7851.png?v=1781698026"},{"product_id":"1-4l-polycarbonate-container-for-commercial-blenders","title":"1.4L Polycarbonate Container for Commercial Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Polycarbonate Container is designed for professionals and culinary enthusiasts alike, providing a practical solution for all blending needs. This clear, durable container is not only a replacement option but an essential tool for achieving superior drink profiles, making it ideal for busy kitchens and catering services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality polycarbonate, this container ensures -lasting performance and meets the demands of high-volume usage. It addresses the common issue of wear and tear in blending containers, offering a reliable option that fits seamlessly with the model. Its clever design includes features that enhance usability, setting it apart in the world of commercial blending solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4L \/ 48oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 6126-750\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable filler cap lets you add ingredients while blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented Wave-Action System continually forces mixtures down into the blades for a super-creamy drink profile every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-read level indicator for precise measurement of contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades quickly cut through ice for effortless blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable polycarbonate material ensures longevity and withstands daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 1.4L capacity is perfect for creating multiple servings in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action System guarantees smooth and creamy textures every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient removable cap allows for easy ingredient addition mid-blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear design helps monitor blending progress at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades efficiently tackle tough ingredients like ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Part\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuality Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability for -term use in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient Blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve -grade results quickly and easily.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced functionality with simple ingredient additions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis polycarbonate container excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens needing reliable blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where quick service is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJuice bars and smoothie shops focused on quality blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to streamline drink preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure compatibility with the model for seamless integration. For maintenance, clean the container regularly to uphold performance and hygiene. The polycarbonate design allows for easy washing, ensuring that it remains in top condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable is the polycarbonate material?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polycarbonate material is designed to withstand daily use in busy environments, providing a -lasting blending solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this container for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis container is primarily designed for cold blending applications, and it is advisable to avoid using it for hot liquids to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this container compatible with other models besides?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis container is specifically designed to fit the model for optimal performance and is not recommended for use with other brands or models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBoost your blending capabilities with the Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Polycarbonate Container. Order today to experience the difference in quality and functionality!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810507178369,"sku":"JB508","price":631.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/27de5b222dea0fe470ec10f4932f10de.png?v=1781698040"},{"product_id":"1-4ltr-commercial-bar-blender-with-two-speed-settings","title":"1.4Ltr Commercial Bar Blender with Two Speed Settings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Rio Bar Blender is the ideal companion for cocktail enthusiasts and smoothie makers alike. Designed for high-volume use, this bar blender combines powerful performance with user-friendly features to create smooth, delicious beverages quicker than ever before. Whether you're mixing frozen margaritas for a party or blending fruit smoothies for breakfast, this state-of-the-art blender handles it all with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with reliability in mind, the Rio Bar Blender boasts a robust design, ensuring it withstands the rigors of busy bars and cafes. Featuring sealed switches to guard against spills and an efficient motor, this blender delivers outstanding versatility without sacrificing durability. The unique wave-action system ensures that your mixtures achieve a texture, reducing preparation time while enhancing flavor consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 736W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 410(H) x 190(W) x 216(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-polyester BPA-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed switches to protect against liquid damage for -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTriple-sealed leak-resistant lid to prevent messes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable metal drive coupling that enhances power transmission.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWide, square jar design that accommodates larger ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet that prevent skidding during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse function for precision control over blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-action system that continually draws ingredients down into the blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 736W motor for rapid blending and smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed options providing complete control over textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it perfect for small bar counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use design that allows for quick operation and clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStackable container for efficient storage in any tight kitchen space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrevention features (lid open and jar pad sensor) for user safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful ice-crushing motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy smooth cocktails and smoothies in seconds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliability during busy service periods ensures minimal downtime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits perfectly on counters, conserving valuable kitchen space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePulse function\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve the perfect blend for different recipes with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rio Bar Blender is adaptable and excels in various settings. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating frozen cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes serving vibrant smoothies and blended coffees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for health-conscious meal prep and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply plug the Rio Bar Blender into a 230V outlet for immediate use. Regular cleaning of the jar and blade ensures optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of beverages can I make with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can blend frozen cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and more, making it versatile for various recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer safe for use with hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is designed primarily for cold and frozen mixtures. It’s advisable to avoid hot liquids to ensure safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a lid open and jar pad sensor, which prevents operation if the jar is not secure, enhancing user safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Rio Bar Blender. Its powerful performance and reliable construction make it an essential tool for creating exceptional beverages every day. Order today and transform your drink-making routine.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810507473281,"sku":"JB519","price":655.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f31dc2f6a3afaf1d3cb5ee20c0ed6a09.png?v=1781698046"},{"product_id":"1-4ltr-commercial-blender-container-with-ergonomic-handle","title":"1.4Ltr Commercial Blender Container with Ergonomic Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Co-polyester Container for is a crucial accessory for any commercial kitchen or food service establishment utilizing blenders. Designed for professionals who demand efficiency, this container enhances your blending experience, ensuring consistent results whether you're preparing smoothies, sauces, or soups.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable co-polyester, this container boasts robustness and is BPA-free, making it a safe choice for food handling. The stainless steel blade assembly efficiently tackles tough ingredients like ice and dense fruits, while the -lasting, laser-etched measurements support precise batching for perfect portion control. This spare part not only meets the demands of high-volume blending but also addresses storage challenges with its stackable design.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co polyester\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGenerous 1.4Ltr capacity allows for larger batches at once.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBPA-free co-polyester construction ensures safety in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel blade designed to easily cut through any food ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRemovable filler cap enables mid-blend ingredient additions without mess.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eMess-free spout for easy and controlled pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -lasting easy-read laser-etched measurements simplify portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle offers a comfortable grip for seamless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStackable design frees up valuable counter and storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction enhances longevity, making it a smart investment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eMid-blend access with removable filler cap streamlines preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePrecision measurements facilitate consistent results and batch control.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic design improves comfort during frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with series improves versatility in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eClear material allows users to monitor contents easily.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRobust blade assembly\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCuts through tough ingredients with ease, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eBPA-free co-polyester\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eGives peace of mind regarding safety, especially for food-handling applications.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eStackable design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEfficiently utilizes space, keeping your kitchen organized and clutter-free.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting measurements\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures accuracy over time, promoting consistency in food quality.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile container is perfect for a range of applications in commercial kitchens and food service environments. Its design makes it suitable for various settings where efficient blending and storage solutions are required.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBars for blended cocktails and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafés that require consistent beverage preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing quick batch blending on-the-go.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHotels offering breakfast smoothies for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eJuice bars for quick and consistent preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the container is properly fitted with your model. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this container dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the co-polyester material is resistant to dishwasher cleaning, making maintenance easy.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this container for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis container is designed primarily for cold and room-temperature blending; avoid using it with boiling liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe spare container comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your blending experience with the Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Co-polyester Container for. Order today to streamline your kitchen workflow and enjoy consistent blending results.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810507800961,"sku":"JB511","price":484.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ddf6947fcd3cbbeb05e4da556a71982a.png?v=1781698053"},{"product_id":"1-4ltr-stainless-steel-container-for-commercial-blenders","title":"1.4Ltr Stainless Steel Container For Commercial Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Stainless Steel Container is an essential accessory designed for professionals seeking reliability in their blending tasks. This genuine spare part is crafted specifically for commercial blenders and provides the ultimate solution for high-volume kitchens and catering businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, this container ensures longevity and performance under demanding conditions. With a generous capacity of 1.4 liters, it easily manages large batches, allowing you to blend ingredients efficiently without needing to stop and refill frequently. Its design not only accommodates various blends but also sets itself apart with quality that withstands both hot and cold applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr \/ 48oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 6126-510S-CE\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel blade designed for efficient blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e118ml \/ 4oz dosing cup simplifies adding liquids for emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLid-open sensor prevents operation when lid is removed for safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic comfort handle for a secure grip during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction provides enhanced durability and heat resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity is ideal for blending sizable batches quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLid-open sensor increases user safety by preventing blending without a lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComfortable grip handle reduces strain during extended blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean material ensures efficient maintenance between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDosing cup allows precise liquid measurements for your recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting use, saving you money on frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e1.4L capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlend large quantities, perfect for busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLid-open safety sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the risk of accidents in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased comfort during operation, especially under heavy use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stainless steel container excels in various settings and applications, making it a versatile accessory for a range of culinary tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants blending smoothies, sauces, and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies preparing large volumes of dressings or dips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens requiring consistent blending across multiple recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing robust equipment for outdoor cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBanquet facilities serving up large servings for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Spare 1.4Ltr Stainless Steel Container is straightforward and compatible with HBF510S-UK models. To maintain its functionality, regularly inspect the blade for wear and clean the container after each use to avoid residue buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 1-year warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this container suitable for both hot and cold liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel construction makes it ideal for both hot and cold applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this container with any blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specific container is designed to fit the HBF510S-UK model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you’re looking for dependable blending capacity and durability, the Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Stainless Steel Container is the perfect solution. Order today to enhance your blending efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810508915073,"sku":"JB501","price":1101.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4ab9e388bfe35c47e18eeab237e748ef.png?v=1781698080"},{"product_id":"1-5ltr-commercial-chocolate-melter-with-dial-temperature-control","title":"1.5Ltr Commercial Chocolate Melter with Dial Temperature Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 1.5Ltr Chocolate Melter 09..5L is a versatile and efficient solution designed specifically for those who require seamless chocolate melting in various settings. Ideal for bakers, caterers, and chocolate enthusiasts, this chocolate melter simplifies the melting process, ensuring you achieve the perfect consistency every time. With its user-friendly design and robust performance, this product eliminates the hassle of traditional melting methods, allowing you to focus on creating delicious confections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a stainless steel removable bowl and a durable base unit, the chocolate melter is engineered for easy cleaning and longevity. The innovative design addresses the common issues associated with chocolate melting by utilizing a dry heat system. This means there's no need for a messy water bath, significantly reducing preparation time and effort. The accurate temperature control feature further enhances its functionality, bringing you a reliable tool for all your baking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 80W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 260(H) x 210(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat for personalized temperature settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to move and store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable melting or tempering without the mess of a water bath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control allows for quick adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDry heat system ensures even melting without overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe adjustable thermostat allows for precision melting tailored to your specific chocolate type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe lightweight construction not only makes it portable but also simplifies storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWith no need for a water bath, your workspace remains neat and efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe easy-to-use dial enables quick temperature changes to meet your needs seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEven heat distribution prevents seizing and burning, conserving your ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThis chocolate melter is designed for durability, ensuring -term reliability in settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chocolate Fountain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient melting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time and reduces preparation effort in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for more time spent on creativity rather than cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures a perfect melt every time, enhancing your end product’s quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chocolate melter excels in various applications, making it a versatile asset in any kitchen or catering environment. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens for preparing desserts and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where continuous chocolate flow is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorkshops and demonstrations for teaching chocolate work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome parties where chocolate fountains are featured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the chocolate melter is placed on a flat, stable surface. After each use, allow the unit to cool down before removing the bowl for easy washing. Regular cleaning of the exterior with a damp cloth is recommended to maintain its appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly does it melt chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe efficient dry heat system allows for fast melting, often within minutes depending on the quantity of chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for different types of chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the adjustable thermostat offers flexibility for melting various chocolate types, including dark, milk, and chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable bowl can be easily cleaned by hand or in a dishwasher for convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the ease of chocolate melting with the 1.5Ltr Chocolate Melter 09..5L. Order today and elevate your chocolate creations to a new level of excellence.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810514157953,"sku":"HU021","price":619.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/71f2751c24d78af45c2d881666da6944.png?v=1781698155"},{"product_id":"1-5ltr-commercial-cordless-jug-kettle-with-drip-free-spout","title":"1.5Ltr Commercial Cordless Jug Kettle with Drip-Free Spout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lite Jug Kettle Black\/Polished is an elegant addition to any kitchen, designed for those who appreciate functionality combined with style. Ideal for busy households, this kettle offers rapid boiling capabilities without compromising on safety or convenience. Its thoughtful design features and efficient functionality make it a must-have appliance for everyday coffee and tea enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust stainless steel and high-quality plastic, the Lite Jug Kettle is built to withstand daily use while maintaining a sleek appearance. The kettle's innovative spout design helps prevent drips, ensuring your countertop remains clean. Unlike many other kettles, its cordless operation paired with a 360-degree swivel base allows easy pouring from any angle, making it truly user-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kW. Cordless. 1.5Ltr Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 260(H) x 222(W) x 166(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Non-Commercial\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient drip-free spout design keeps your counters clean and mess-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-read, BPA-free dual measuring windows for precise filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable and washable limescale filter for hassle-free cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntegral cord storage and non-slip rubber feet ensure secure placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHinged lid opens fully for effortless filling and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeatproof handle for comfortable grip during pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConcealed element design reduces limescale build-up, prolonging kettle longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact and polished design fits seamlessly in any kitchen decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast boiling capability allows you to enjoy your hot beverages quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety-focused features to keep your kitchen safe and tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use for making hot beverages, soups, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kettle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDrip-free spout\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo mess on your countertop, keeping your kitchen clean.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePours from any angle, making pouring convenient and easy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to lift and pour, ideal for all users.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFully hinged lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures quick and efficient filling without spills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lite Jug Kettle is perfect for various settings, excelling in both residential and commercial environments. Whether you are brewing a quick cup of tea or serving hot beverages for guests, this kettle does it all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice break rooms for employee refreshments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring quick hot water access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStudios and shared living spaces where compact appliances are essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the kettle is placed on a flat, stable surface. Regularly clean the removable limescale filter to maintain water quality and kettle efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power capacity of the kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle boasts a powerful 3kW for rapid boiling, making it efficient for quick use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 1-year non-commercial warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lite Jug Kettle has a generous capacity of 1.5 liters, perfect for multiple servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your hydration experience with the stylish and efficient Lite Jug Kettle Black\/Polished. Order today and enjoy the convenience it brings to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810514485633,"sku":"JB908","price":170.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/08605bfcb28fff438e4f264797f39e12.png?v=1781698162"},{"product_id":"1-7l-commercial-cordless-kettle-with-washable-limescale-filter","title":"1.7L Commercial Cordless Kettle with Washable Limescale Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kettle 1.7Ltr is an essential kitchen appliance designed for anyone who values convenience and efficiency in their beverage preparation. Crafted with functionality in mind, this kettle provides a quick and reliable way to heat water for tea, coffee, or any other hot beverages, making it an ideal companion for busy households or kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the Kettle offers both resilience and a sleek appearance suitable for any contemporary kitchen. Its thoughtful design tackles common issues such as limescale buildup, ensuring that every cup of tea or coffee you make is of optimal quality. The kettle distinguishes itself with features that cater to both left- and right-handed users, providing ease of use from any angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.75kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 223.2(H) x 178.8(W) x 238.5(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 970g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-read water level window allows for precise filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWashable limescale filter ensures cleaner water and better tasting beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e360° cordless base offers freedom of movement and utility from all directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePower-on indicator provides a clear signal when the kettle is in operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip feet enhance stability, making it safe to use in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntegrated cord storage keeps kitchen counters tidy and organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction that withstands daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size offers space-saving solutions for smaller kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWashable limescale filter improves the quality of the water for better tasting drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design caters to both left- and right-handed users, ensuring ease for everyone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip base reduces the risk of accidents in busy kitchen settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance with a simple cord storage system for a neat countertop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kettle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity of 1.7 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBoil enough water for multiple servings at once, perfect for hosting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast boiling with 2.75kW power\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHeat water quickly, saving you valuable time during busy mornings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e360° cordless base\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUltimate flexibility and ease of use, regardless of kitchen layout.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNon-slip feet for stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased safety when using in high traffic areas, eliminating spills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kettle is a versatile appliance suitable for various settings. Whether you're brewing your morning coffee or preparing tea for guests, its design accommodates different scenarios seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily beverage preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and restaurants that require quick beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice break rooms needing a reliable kettle for team beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and catering services where rapid hot water access is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the kettle is placed on a flat, stable surface and regularly clean the limescale filter to maintain water quality. The cordless design allows easy handling and simplifies storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kettle has a power rating of 2.75kW, allowing it to boil water quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the kettle suitable for left and right-handed users?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a 360° cordless base which allows easy access from any angle, making it suitable for both left and right-handed users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the kettle's limescale filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe limescale filter is washable, allowing you to easily remove buildup and maintain great water quality for your hot beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience convenience and reliability in your beverage preparation with the Kettle 1.7Ltr. Order today to enhance your kitchen efficiency and enjoy consistently great hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810519400833,"sku":"JB558","price":60.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0d7564985af1c0bb28dd2cf6c8475050.png?v=1781698258"},{"product_id":"1-7l-cordless-commercial-jug-kettle-for-hot-beverages","title":"1.7L Cordless Commercial Jug Kettle for Hot Beverages","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cordless Jug Kettle 1.7Ltr is the perfect addition to any kitchen, catering to your everyday hot beverage needs with efficiency and style. Designed for domestic use, this kettle ensures that you can enjoy your favorite tea, coffee, or other hot drinks almost instantly, thanks to its powerful performance and convenient features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a tough polycarbonate body, the kettle is both sturdy and attractive. Weighing just 1.07 kg, it is easy to handle while offering a generous capacity of 1.7 liters. The kettle's stainless steel heating element is designed for quick water boiling, allowing you to save time during busy mornings or when entertaining guests. Its removable filter ensures that each pour is as clean as possible, making it a practical solution for any household.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 234(H) x 157(W) x 157(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.07kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design provides optimal convenience and flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHandy water level gauge prevents overfilling, saving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable filter simplifies cleaning and enhances water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 2.2kW element ensures rapid boiling for your hot beverage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy polycarbonate body that resists wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-fill design prevents spills and overflows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction enhances portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable filter is easy to maintain and improves water taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits well on any countertop or in a cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless operation allows for ease of use and movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kettle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 2.2kW heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBoils water quickly, saving you time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximizes convenience and easy pouring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eClear water level gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLets you monitor water levels without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e1 Year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cordless Jug Kettle is a versatile kitchen appliance, ideal for a variety of settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for quick drink preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice breakrooms for hot beverages on demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eShared spaces or communal areas where multiple users require access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCamping trips or outdoor gatherings, thanks to its cordless functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIn event catering for providing instant hot water for food services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure longevity, regularly clean the removable filter and descale the kettle every few months to prevent mineral buildup. The kettle should be used in spaces with voltage to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the voltage of the kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle operates at a voltage of 220-240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this kettle suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product does not carry a commercial warranty and is intended for domestic use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable filter allows for easy cleaning. It’s recommended to descaling periodically to keep it in optimal condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cordless Jug Kettle 1.7Ltr is an efficient and stylish solution for all your hot beverage needs. Experience the convenience and reliability of this kettle—order today and elevate your kitchen experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810519925121,"sku":"L077","price":41.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0790367f514bef17c62edc4a2c67c654.png?v=1781698271"},{"product_id":"1-7ltr-commercial-manual-fill-filter-coffee-maker-with-hotplates","title":"1.7Ltr Commercial Manual Fill Filter Coffee Maker with Hotplates","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Filter Coffee Maker is the ultimate solution for coffee enthusiasts and caterers alike, designed to provide a high-quality brewing experience anywhere it's needed. Whether it's for a busy meeting room, a bustling market stall, or mobile catering, this manual fill coffee machine eliminates the need for a mains connection, ensuring you can serve delicious coffee wherever you go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from strong and easy-to-clean stainless steel, the Filter Coffee Maker is built to last while offering a stylish front of house appearance. The robust design solves the problem of serving hot coffee in environments without plumbing access. With features like dual independent hotplates and an efficient brewing system, this coffee maker stands apart in performance and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 435(H) x 205(W) x 380(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.42kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black \u0026amp; Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish front of house design for seamless integration anywhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible modular system to accommodate various catering needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo independently switched hotplates keep coffee at the ideal serving temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrew in progress indicator for user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eManual fill operation makes this coffee maker portable and easy to set up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick brewing time – enjoy 1.7Ltr of coffee in less than 6 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeat retention – coffee is served warm continuously for guest satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy transportation – no plumbing makes it suitable for outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong construction – designed for high-volume usage, perfect for caterers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast brewing – reduces waiting time, keeping your customers happy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible use – compatible to expand with additional hotplates if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish design – enhances presentation in any service setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Filter Coffee Maker\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eManual fill capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo plumbing required; set up anywhere.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDual hotplates\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps coffee warm for periods, ready to serve.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast brewing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce downtime and enhance service efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eImproves ambiance and professionalism in service areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Filter Coffee Maker shines in various settings, making it an ideal addition for anyone in the hospitality industry. Here are some optimal use cases:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate offices for meetings and events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile catering services for outdoor festivals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWaiting rooms in hospitals or clinics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood stalls at markets or community gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCoffee shops looking to expand service options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coffee maker requires no special installation; simply fill it with water and plug it into a power source. Regular cleaning and maintenance are recommended to ensure optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the coffee maker?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Filter Coffee Maker has a capacity of 1.7 liters, perfect for serving multiple cups at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this coffee maker outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, since it does not require a mains connection, it is suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to brew coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis machine brews a full 1.7L of coffee in less than 6 minutes, ensuring quick service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your coffee service with the Filter Coffee Maker. Order today and experience the convenience of freshly brewed coffee on demand!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810520678785,"sku":"CW305","price":436.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f07934a84bb3f76712ba563c512b65f7.png?v=1781698292"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-bean-to-cup-espresso-machine-with-foam-technology","title":"1.8L Commercial Bean to Cup Espresso Machine with Foam Technology","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Magnifica Evo Bean to Cup Coffee Machine is the perfect companion for any coffee enthusiast. Designed for those who appreciate the art of espresso making, this coffee machine allows for effortless brewing of café-quality drinks right at home. With just the touch of a button, it transforms fresh coffee beans into aromatic espresso, ensuring you begin each day with the perfect cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with robust plastic materials, the Magnifica Evo promises durability and longevity. Its thoughtful design not only enhances the aesthetics of your kitchen but also addresses the hassle of brewing espresso at home. Unlike many conventional models, this machine boasts an innovative built-in coffee grinder, allowing you to experience coffee in its freshest form. Stand out features include the automatic frothed milk system, which takes the guesswork out of creating creamy lattes and cappuccinos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1450W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 440(H) x 240(W) x 360(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Container Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 250g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eControl panel with touch buttons for easy navigation through seven pre-set programmes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMakes -quality drinks at the touch of a button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable brewing unit ensures easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexibility to use both beans and pre-ground coffee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic frothed milk function provides a café-like experience at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless coffee brewing with just a touch, saving you time during busy mornings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntegrated grinder guarantees maximum freshness, ensuring your drink is flavorful every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits seamlessly into kitchen spaces without sacrificing function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic milk frother for consistent texture in lattes and cappuccinos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly interface with touch buttons simplifies your coffee-making experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction provides peace of mind with -term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Espresso Machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in grinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFresh coffee grounds for every brew, enhancing flavor and aroma.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAuto milk frother\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly frothed milk for -quality beverages at home.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWide drink selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a variety of beverages, including espressos, cappuccinos, and lattes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Magnifica Evo is ideal for various settings, whether you are entertaining guests or simply enjoying a quiet moment with your favorite drink. Here are some fantastic applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday coffee needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice environments to provide quality coffee to employees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafé settings where versatile beverage options can attract customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and gatherings, impressing guests with gourmet coffee drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure your machine is placed on a stable, flat surface. Regular cleaning of the removable brewing unit and water tank will keep your machine functioning at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of coffee can I use with the Magnifica Evo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use both whole coffee beans and pre-ground coffee, offering flexibility in your coffee preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Magnifica Evo comes with a 2-Year Non-Commercial warranty, ensuring reliability and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brewing unit is removable, allowing for easy cleaning. Regular maintenance will ensure the longevity of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the joy of crafting café-style coffee at home with the Magnifica Evo Bean to Cup Coffee Machine. Order today to elevate your coffee-making experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810521563521,"sku":"CH658","price":815.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d599162470db87489f41237079207d98.png?v=1781698312"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-co-polyester-container-for-blenders","title":"1.8L Commercial Co-Polyester Container for Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.8Ltr Co-Polyester Container is an essential addition for those who rely on blenders. Designed for both and home chefs, this 1.8-liter capacity container promises hassle-free blending and mixing, making it easier to create smooth, consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable BPA-free co-polyester, this container stands up to the rigors of daily use in kitchens. It resolves the issues of leaks and ineffectiveness often faced with outdated blender parts. The ergonomic design and wave-action system make this spare container not only practical but also an integral part of achieving culinary excellence in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L \/ 64oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits Fury and Tempest blenders seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action system continuously forces mixtures down into the blades for flawless results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel blade ensures longevity and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed lid prevents leaks with easy-to-lift tabs for user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear construction allows for easy visibility of contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle designed for comfortable pouring and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable filler cap simplifies adding ingredients during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStackable design saves valuable storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLaser-etched measurements are durable and easy to read, perfect for precise cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with popular blender models enhances versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable BPA-free material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for food use and resists wear over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWave-Action system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures smooth blending for all your recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSealed lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces mess and prevents spills, keeping your workspace clean.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.8L container is specifically designed for those needing reliability and efficiency in their blending tasks. It's suitable for a variety of settings including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens where speed and performance are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services to quickly prepare large batches of smoothies or sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens that require durable, high-capacity blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJuice bars looking for reliable equipment to serve customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the spare container is properly fitted to compatible models such as and HBH650R-UK. Regularly inspect the seals and lid for wear to maintain leak-proof functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat models is the container compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis container fits the and HBH650R-UK models of blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the container dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the container is made from durable materials, it is recommended to hand wash for longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare container comes with a 1-year warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Commercial Spare 1.8Ltr Co-Polyester Container. Order today and enjoy the efficiency and reliability this essential spare part brings to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810521792897,"sku":"JB507","price":679.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1376e5bfdb2b2ef75955424236612e68.png?v=1781698319"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-adjustable-speed-for-smoothies","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Adjustable Speed for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender is an essential tool for any high-volume kitchen needing efficiency and precision. Designed for chefs, this blender excels at creating flawlessly smooth purees, velvety soups, and emulsified sauces with speed and ease. Its robust construction ensures reliability, making it a valuable asset for continuous use in a bustling culinary environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis food blender combines powerful performance with durability, featuring a 2.4HP motor and a thoughtfully designed 1.8Ltr BPA-free copolyester jar. Crafted to withstand the rigors of commercial kitchens, its metal drive coupling and adjustable speed settings address the challenges of varying ingredient textures. Experience unparalleled control and consistency—attributes that elevate your cooking to a whole new level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.49kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 515(H) x 190(W) x 215(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor allows for quick blending, optimizing consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlade and jar design create textures for purees and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed dial provides precise control for varying recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed paddle switches ensure ease of use and leak resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable jar pad allows for simple, effective cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet hold the blender securely on countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power output significantly speeds up blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jar ensures safe food preparation without leaching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows experimentation with different textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials guarantee -term use even in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it easy to store without taking up much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy cleaning facilitates quicker kitchen turnovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces blending time, allowing for more efficiency in dish preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable speed dial\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMultiple blending options for versatile recipes and ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance under heavy use, minimizing maintenance needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures the safety and quality of your food, protecting customer health.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLeak-resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents messes, keeping your kitchen clean and organized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender is ideal for various settings, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants requiring quick and consistent blending for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that need efficient, high-volume ingredient processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés focusing on smoothies and drinks with smooth textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts offering gourmet dining options with exquisite presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealthcare facilities aiming for nutritious pureed diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, positioned the blender on a stable countertop. Regularly check the seals and blades for wear, and clean the jar and base according to the manufacturer’s recommendations to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender has a power rating of 1.49kW, translating to a 2.4HP motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jar made from safe materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the jar is constructed from BPA-free copolyester, ensuring safety during food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product includes a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the exceptional performance of the HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender. Elevate your culinary creations and streamline your kitchen tasks—order today and transform your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522055041,"sku":"JB514","price":1307.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1ed5c78bf6f75c3b3c83e9c737fcbd5a.png?v=1781698325"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Black is the essential kitchen tool for anyone passionate about healthy cooking. This innovative food blender caters to both everyday users and culinary enthusiasts, offering unparalleled performance and versatility. With its durable design and remarkable blending capability, preparing nutritious meals has never been easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust 1.8L Borosilicate glass jug, the Blender Power is engineered for durability and longevity. The non-porous nature of the glass ensures it effortlessly mixes both hot and cold liquids without losing valuable nutrients during the blending process. What sets this blender apart is its unique BlenderMix technology—designed to create finer blends with every use—combined with the prestigious Quiet Mark Accreditation, making your blending experience quieter than ever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 165(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.35kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant Borosilicate glass jug for better performance and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded recipe book for inspiration and nutritional guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e App offers a wealth of additional recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup for precise blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto programs with manual control to suit your blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlenderMix technology optimizes blade design for perfect emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant jug keeps nutrients intact, ensuring your blends are healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it perfect for early morning smoothies without waking the household.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile auto programs streamline the blending process for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipe book and app offer continual inspiration for exciting meals and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid reduces mess and spills while providing precise measurements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInnovative design promotes a smoother blending experience for any ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable borosilicate glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLasts longer and withstands temperature variations without compromising quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy blending anytime without disturbing others in your home.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirtight lid with measuring cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures accuracy and prevents spills and messes while blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecipe book included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides quick, nutritious meal ideas to simplify your cooking routine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlenderMix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreates perfectly emulsified blends for delicious results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power is perfect for various culinary settings, making it an essential addition to any kitchen. It excels in diverse applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and shakes for a nutritious breakfast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending soups to a velvety consistency, ideal for healthy meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking sauces and dips, enhancing your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing drinks for parties or special.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating baby food with perfect texture and nutrition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the blender on a flat, stable surface before use. Clean the jug thoroughly after each use to maintain its clarity and ensure a hygienic blending environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of the Blender Power 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a durable borosilicate glass jug, designed for both hot and cold liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the blender have a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere's no commercial warranty provided for this blender, underscoring its reliability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend both hot and cold ingredients with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the borosilicate glass jug is designed to handle both hot and cold liquids effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the benefits of health-conscious blending with the Blender Power 4 Black. This impeccable kitchen companion is designed to make your blending tasks simpler, quieter, and more efficient. Order today and elevate your meal prep to the next level!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522481025,"sku":"CU206","price":369.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/de2a7d20847ff31a79db79de898cd60a.png?v=1781698331"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug-1","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Satin is a high-performance food blender designed for culinary enthusiasts and health-conscious individuals alike. It simplifies the blending process, allowing you to effortlessly create nutritious beverages and meals, ensuring maximum nutrient retention for a healthier lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is crafted with a durable 1.8L borosilicate glass jug, ideal for mixing both hot and cold liquids. Its innovative cold mix technology ensures that the nutritional integrity of your ingredients remains intact. With a blend of functionality and elegant satin design, the Blender Power offers a unique blending experience, setting it apart from other kitchen appliances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 165(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Borosilicate Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.35kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant design allows for hot and cold blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid includes a graduated measuring cup for precise ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipe book and free App provide endless culinary inspiration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Auto programs alongside manual speed control for versatile blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique BlenderMix technology ensures an optimal emulsion for seamless blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and non-porous borosilicate glass jug ensures quality and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold mix technology retains essential nutrients, making it perfect for health-focused users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation with the Quiet Mark Accreditation enhances user experience without disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded recipe book turns blending into an enjoyable and creative culinary activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it easy to store in any kitchen without sacrificing functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile blending options cater to various recipes and dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe borosilicate glass jug withstands temperature changes, enhancing its longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNutritional Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold mix technology preserves the nutritional value of your ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse it anytime without disturbing your family or roommates, thanks to its Quiet Mark accreditation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Programs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple blending programs offer tailored results for various recipes and consistencies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Satin excels in a variety of settings, from home kitchens to small cafés. Whether you're preparing smoothies, soups, or sauces, this blender is your go-to tool for culinary creativity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooking for families and individuals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation of smoothies and health drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending hot soups without compromising quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating sauces and dips for gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in small cafés or personal juice bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance and longevity, it is advised to regularly clean the borosilicate glass jug and lid. The Blender Power 4 is ready to use straight from the box, with no complex installation required. Ensure that all components are securely fitted before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the Blender Power 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a durable borosilicate glass jug which is both thermo-resistant and non-porous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend hot liquids in this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Blender Power is designed to handle both hot and cold liquids, retaining the temperature of the contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a generous capacity of 1.8 liters, making it suitable for preparing larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Satin stands out for its ability to blend ingredients seamlessly while maintaining their nutritional integrity. Elevate your culinary creations with confidence and explore new recipes today. Order now and experience the magic of blending!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522874241,"sku":"CU208","price":369.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/34dc5276f5c3700e63375695142dc20f.png?v=1781698338"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-bpa-free-jar-and-safety-features","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with BPA-Free Jar and Safety Features","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R is designed for professionals who demand efficiency and reliability in the kitchen. This robust blender is perfect for creating smooth emulsions, purees, and frozen beverages, ensuring you can keep service moving without downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand the rigors of demanding commercial environments, the HBF600R features a 1.8Ltr BPA-free co-polyester jar that is not only durable but also designed for easy use. A unique combination of safety features, like the magnetic jar pad safety sensor, ensures that blending occurs only when the container is correctly positioned, reducing the risk of mishaps during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr | 63½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 510(H) x 200(W) x 200(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.45kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable all-metal drive coupling with a jar pad sensor to extend the coupling life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature gauge that alerts users if the motor overheats during back-to-back blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented Wave Action System keeps ingredients circulating through the blades for complete emulsification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow operating noise levels, remaining below 81 dB(A) at maximum speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerously sized 1.9M cord allows for flexible placement in any kitchen layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous 1.8L capacity suitable for high-volume blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free materials ensure safety in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed lid prevents any leaks, making cleanup easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-lift tab on the lid enhances usability for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty on motor drive coupling and blade for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLaser-etched measurements simplify the preparation process, allowing for quick ingredient additions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSealed leak-resistant lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your workspace clean and reduces waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAll-metal drive system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers enhanced durability and longevity, minimizing maintenance costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTemperature protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures consistent performance during busy shifts, preventing overheating issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLow noise operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreates a more pleasant environment for both customers and staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés blending smoothies and frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies requiring large batch processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating cocktails efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing compact and efficient blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable surface for optimal performance. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the jar and lid after each use and checking the drive coupling for wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R has a generous capacity of 1.8 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender noisy during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it operates at a noise level of less than 81 dB(A) at maximum speed, making it suitable for a busy environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does the blender include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a magnetic jar pad safety sensor that prevents operation unless the jar is properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a reliable blending solution that keeps up with your kitchen’s demands, the Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R is an excellent choice. Order today and experience seamless and efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810523070849,"sku":"JB515","price":1843.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e321a4f2958abe09e1bfd0798433ce68.png?v=1781698344"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-high-performance-bar-blender-and-smoothie-maker","title":"1.8L Commercial High Performance Bar Blender and Smoothie Maker","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Eclipse High Performance Drinks Blender is the perfect solution for those who demand efficiency and quality in their blending tasks. Designed for both commercial and home use, this powerful blender delivers exceptionally smooth results with minimal noise disruption. Whether you’re crafting smoothies, cocktails, or purees, enjoy the ultimate convenience and reliability with this advanced blending technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a robust construction and premium materials, the Eclipse blender addresses the common problems of noise and inconsistency in drink preparation. Its innovation lies in its QuietBlend technology, making it ideal for busy cafes or quiet homes alike. Additionally, with a compact design and a generous capacity, it stands out in a market saturated with lesser alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 470(H) x 216(W) x 286(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuietBlend technology ensures minimal noise during operation, allowing for conversation-level sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action system delivers consistently smooth drinks, eliminating chunks and inconsistencies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust 1.2kW motor guarantees quick blending for both frozen and fresh ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCustom programming available with a memory card slot for tailored blending cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasily removable Quiet Shield provides speedy cleanup and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdvanced noise reduction technology makes it suitable for various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile with over 100 pre-programmed cycles, accommodating diverse recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBreak-resistant container designed for heavy commercial usage, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size benefits smaller kitchens while maximizing functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet Shield features ease of removal, enhancing the user experience with quick cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e3-year warranty offers peace of mind with extensive support coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy conversations without distractions while blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate your own blending programs for your unique recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in a product built to withstand high-volume usage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning, more time creating delicious drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender excels in a variety of settings where quality and performance are paramount. Its versatility makes it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and restaurants serving smoothies and drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and fitness centers offering nutritious beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars mixing cocktails with efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens needing a reliable blending solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service operations requiring consistent results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Eclipse blender is designed for easy integration into kitchen setups, whether built into counters or used as a stand-alone appliance. Regular maintenance and quick removal of the Quiet Shield facilitate hassle-free cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Eclipse blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 3-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I customize blending cycles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a memory card slot to create and store custom programming for your blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of noise reduction technology does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender is equipped with QuietBlend technology and a Quiet Shield enclosure to minimize noise levels during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Eclipse High Performance Drinks Blender is your go-to solution for blending excellence with minimal disruption. Order today and elevate your beverage-making experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810523562369,"sku":"JB524","price":2351.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fbd956a3cdd0a63632b0f6a8e11c3513.png?v=1781698351"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-high-performance-drinks-blender-for-smoothies","title":"1.8L Commercial High Performance Drinks Blender for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fury High Performance Drinks Blender is designed for those who demand efficiency and precision in their beverage preparation, making it perfect for busy bars and kitchens. With its powerful motor and innovative features, this blender makes creating everything from thick smoothies to luxurious cocktails a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials and designed for rigorous use, the Fury stands out as a reliable workhorse. It solves the common problem of under-blended ingredients and inconsistent textures, ensuring that every drink meets a high. Its auto-timer shutoff feature means you can focus on other tasks without worrying about over-processing your ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 457(H) x 178(W) x 203(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor delivers smooth blending results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWave-Action jar and blade system ensures consistency in every pour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient paddle switches allow for quick and efficient operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimer with automatic shutoff helps prevent over-blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable container simplifies storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, making it ideal for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2kW motor - delivers exceptional power for any blending task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWave-Action system - guarantees ultra-smooth drink profiles every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaddle switches - quick and easy operation enables fast service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 speeds plus pulse function - allows for precise control over texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable dosing cup - for easy measuring and dispensing of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Grip feet - prevent skidding even during the most vigorous blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 1.2kW motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend a variety of ingredients for perfect drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto shutoff feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces risk of over-blending, ensuring consistent results.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy cleanup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefresh your workspace quickly, maintaining efficiency in busy settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible blending options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapt to a wide range of drink recipes with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReliable performance even during peak service hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're preparing smoothies, cocktails, or other blended beverages, the Fury High Performance Drinks Blender excels in various settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for cocktail preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops specializing in smoothies and shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing consistent drink blending for desserts and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and parties for beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services offering a range of blended drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fury blender is easy to set up and fits comfortably on bar countertops. Regular cleaning of the container and blades will prolong the life of your blender and maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Fury blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity is 1.8Ltr, allowing for multiple servings at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 3-year warranty for parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it blend ice and frozen fruits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, this blender is designed to handle tough ingredients for smooth results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of power and precision with the Fury High Performance Drinks Blender. Order today to elevate your beverage service!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810524250497,"sku":"JB522","price":1744.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9c3dfa5b29fafe8ad800a289661dd450.png?v=1781698362"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-high-performance-drinks-blender-for-smoothies-1","title":"1.8L Commercial High Performance Drinks Blender for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tempest High Performance Drinks Blender is expertly designed for those who demand efficiency and quality in their blending needs. Whether you're preparing smoothies, cocktails, or frozen desserts, this powerful blender delivers consistent, smooth results every time. Ideal for both home and commercial use, it combines advanced technology with ease of use to elevate your drink preparation to a whole new level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-grade materials, the Tempest is built to last. Its robust performance stems from a 1.2kW motor that can easily handle full cube ice, making it ideal for busy kitchens or bars. This blender solves the common problem of uneven texture, ensuring that your drinks are perfectly emulsified every time, thanks to its unique wave-action system. Now, every blend can be effortless, allowing you to focus on creating delicious beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 470(H) x 209(W) x 205(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.81kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Offer\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchase online between July 1st and September 30th, 2025, and receive a FREE additional container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortlessly blends full cubes of ice for smoothies and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe wave-action system guarantees a thoroughly smooth drink profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTimer with automatic shutoff prevents over-blending, enhancing user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStackable, BPA-free copolyester container designed for safety and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNewly designed leak resistant over-moulded lid for mess-free operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJar pad sensor ensures safety by preventing blending if the container is not secured properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.2kW motor reduces blending time, getting your drinks ready quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 1.8L capacity means you can prepare multiple servings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design simplifies maintenance after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed settings plus pulse option provide flexibility for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature gauge monitors motor health, ensuring longevity and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented blade design promotes ingredient circulation for even blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlends drinks in seconds, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLasts longer, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for batch preparation, ideal for parties or events.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your kitchen hassle-free, allowing for quick transitions between blends.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tempest High Performance Drinks Blender excels in a variety of environments, ensuring versatility in its use. This blender is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCocktail bars crafting frozen drinks and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJuice bars focused on fresh and nutritious smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes offering a wide range of blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants diversifying their drink menus with shakes and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the blender on a stable, flat surface away from heat sources. Regularly check the connections and clean the jar and blades after each use to maintain hygiene and machine efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Tempest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tempest has a capacity of 1.8 liters, ideal for making multiple drinks in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a powerful 1.2kW motor that handles everything from ice to smooth mixtures seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the container BPA-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the container is made from BPA-free copolyester, ensuring safety and durability while preparing beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your blending experience with the Tempest High Performance Drinks Blender today and enjoy smooth, delicious beverages effortlessly. Order now to take advantage of our special offer!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810525168001,"sku":"JB523","price":1843.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e032478ca7078b79451a5f12459fc3c5.png?v=1781698369"},{"product_id":"1-8ltr-stainless-steel-container-for-commercial-blenders","title":"1.8Ltr Stainless Steel Container for Commercial Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.8Ltr Stainless Steel Container is an essential addition for those who depend on commercial blenders for their culinary creations. Perfectly designed for chefs and catering professionals, this spare container allows seamless blending without interruption, ensuring you can keep up with high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality stainless steel, this durable container is built to handle both hot and cold applications, allowing versatility in the kitchen. The heavy-duty construction addresses the common problem of wear and tear with frequent use, setting itself apart with its exceptional design that ensures efficient blending and easy maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr \/ 64oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 6126-HBF600S\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge dosing cup for easy liquid addition while blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComfortable, easy-grip handle enhances user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJar and blade design optimizes ingredient circulation for well-emulsified results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures longevity and resistance to frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1.8Ltr capacity is ideal for blending larger quantities without frequent refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEmulsification-friendly design guarantees uniform blending, enhancing the quality of your dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy portability due to the well-designed handle, perfect for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with commercial blenders, minimizing the need for new appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-year warranty provides peace of mind with your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability for consistent use in high-volume environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e1.8Ltr capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess downtime for refills, keeping your operations efficient.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-grip handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComfort during use, reducing strain in fast-paced settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesign for optimal emulsification\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBetter quality blended products, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.8Ltr Stainless Steel Container is ideal for a variety of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-volume kitchens where efficiency is key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking for reliable spare parts for seamless service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing durable and substantial containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing facilities for blending soups, sauces, and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure compatibility with the HBF600S-UK before use. Regular cleaning after each use will maintain the high quality of the stainless steel and prevent odor retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat blenders is this container compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis container is specifically designed to fit commercial blenders, particularly the HBF600S-UK model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the container dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel material allows for easy cleaning, including in a dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat maintenance does the container require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning and drying after use will help maintain its quality. Avoid using abrasive cleaners to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your blending experience with the Commercial Spare 1.8Ltr Stainless Steel Container. This essential kitchen companion ensures your blending tasks are quick and efficient, allowing you to focus on what you do best. Order today and elevate your culinary capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810528444801,"sku":"JB503","price":1231.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d65f0e3acc17428795eeb16ffa922dca.png?v=1781698403"},{"product_id":"1-9l-commercial-ice-cream-maker-attachment-for-mixers","title":"1.9L Commercial Ice Cream Maker Attachment for Mixers","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ice Cream Maker Attachment is an essential accessory for any home dessert enthusiast. With this attachment, your mixer transforms seamlessly into a powerful frozen treat machine, allowing you to create indulgent ice creams, refreshing slushies, and flavorful sorbets right in your kitchen. Whether you're satisfying a sweet craving or hosting a summer gathering, the Ice Cream Maker makes frozen delights effortlessly accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis attachment is constructed with durable plastic, designed to attach easily to your mixer. The 1.9L capacity and innovative features mean you can whip up creamy desserts in no time, solving the problem of store-bought treats that may contain unwanted additives. One standout feature of this model is its redesigned mixing dasher, which ensures even mixing for the perfect texture every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 178(H) x 280(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9L\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe ice cream bowl requires 16 hours in the freezer before use for optimal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortlessly allows for personalizing frozen treats with fruits, nuts, and candies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe mixing dasher is designed to mix ingredients thoroughly, ensuring even freezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick churn time - prepare ice creams and sorbets in about 30 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDual walls trap liquid for consistent temperatures throughout the bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile and simple - allows for numerous recipes tailored to your preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it easy to store when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of mixers for versatile kitchen use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, allowing for hassle-free dessert creation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast churn time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy homemade ice creams in just 30 minutes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable recipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate unique flavors that suit your taste preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTransform your mixer into an ice cream maker without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCount on -lasting quality for repeated use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ice Cream Maker Attachment is perfect for a variety of. Here are some ideal use cases:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFamily gatherings, creating fun, personalized desserts together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSummer parties to wow guests with handmade, refreshing frozen treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBirthday celebrations where custom flavors can make the event special.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWeeknight treats for a fun, indulging way to end a day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply attach the Ice Cream Maker to your compatible mixer, allowing for easy and user-friendly operation. For best results, ensure the ice cream bowl is thoroughly frozen for at least 16 hours before use, and clean the attachment after each use to maintain optimum performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to make ice cream?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically, it takes about 30 minutes to churn ice cream or sorbets once the bowl is frozen and attached to the mixer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I make other frozen treats?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this attachment is designed for making ice creams, gelatos, sorbets, and even slushies, giving you versatile options for frozen desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ice Cream Maker has a capacity of 1.9L, allowing you to prepare enough dessert to satisfy your cravings or share with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the Ice Cream Maker Attachment today and elevate your dessert game. Enjoy homemade frozen treats made from scratch anytime!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810529264001,"sku":"CX771","price":357.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6693ae1931e4f2df320f3799bd9cf113.png?v=1781698417"},{"product_id":"1-1-gn-commercial-baking-mat-for-even-baking-and-crispy-crusts","title":"1\/1 GN Commercial Baking Mat for Even Baking and Crispy Crusts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airmat Baking Mat 1\/1 GN is your secret weapon in achieving flawless baking results. Designed for home bakers and chefs alike, this innovative baking mat ensures that you get crispy, perfectly baked goods every time. Its unique perforated design promotes optimal airflow while baking, allowing for evenly cooked dough bottoms and delightful textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a silicone-coated fiberglass fabric, the Airmat minimizes sticking, making it easy for you to remove your baked creations with ease. This durable baking mat not only simplifies the cleanup process but also replaces the need for disposable baking parchment, making it an eco-friendly addition to your kitchen. Experience the difference in quality and performance with this expertly designed product!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 0(H) x 310(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Silicone \u0026amp; Fiberglass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 90g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from -55°C to +280°C (-67°F to +536°F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for domestic ovens for versatile baking options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReusable, significantly reducing the need for single-use baking parchment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe for quick and easy cleaning convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerforated design enhances airflow, resulting in evenly baked goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSilicone-coated fabric prevents dough from sticking, allowing for easy removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWide temperature range accommodates various baking needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction stands up to frequent use without degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly choice as it eliminates the use of disposable liners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCombine with other Air System Concept products for optimized results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Oven Liners And Baking Mats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuperior airflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve perfect browning and crispiness on pastries and bread.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNon-stick surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy hassle-free baking with easy release and minimal cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-temperature tolerance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCook a variety of recipes, including savory and sweet foods in your oven.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning up and more time enjoying your delicious creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Airmat Baking Mat is versatile and perfect for various baking scenarios. Whether you're a home enthusiast or a culinary, this mat excels in multiple applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e bakeries aiming for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHomemade cookie and pastry baking for family celebrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBaking bread for a delightful crust and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvection oven use for enhanced air circulation during baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward as the mat fits baking trays with ease. For maintenance, simply clean in the dishwasher or rinse with warm soapy water, and it’s ready for your next baking adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airmat compatible with all oven types?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is suitable for domestic ovens and works well with both convection and traditional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut the Airmat to fit my baking tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain its integrity and performance, it is not recommended to cut the mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Airmat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mat is dishwasher safe, making cleanup quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your baking experience today with the Airmat Baking Mat 1\/1 GN. Order now and step up your baking game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810533130625,"sku":"HW061","price":55.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c534abdfd213241328bf991b63fcd57a.png?v=1781698471"},{"product_id":"1-1-gn-commercial-rib-rack-for-6-20-baby-racks-of-ribs","title":"1\/1 GN Commercial Rib Rack for 6-20 Baby Racks of Ribs","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Rib Rack 1\/1 GN is an essential addition for any kitchen dedicated to serving up succulent ribs. Perfectly designed for chefs and catering professionals, this rib rack can hold between 6 to 20 baby rack ribs, allowing for efficient cooking whether you are preparing for intimate gatherings or large events. With its modular size, it seamlessly fits into the setup, making it a vital tool for your culinary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel, the rib rack not only ensures durability but also provides excellent heat conduction for even cooking. Its design addresses the common challenge of achieving uniform caramelization, enhancing the flavor and texture of your ribs. Say goodbye to unevenly cooked meat and embrace a tool that stands out for its performance and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 90(H) x 325(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular 1\/1 GN sizing offers versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to cook ribs evenly, ensuring perfect results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 20 baby rack ribs for high-capacity cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsures golden caramelization on both sides for enhanced flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction increases longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design aids in easy handling and repositioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular sizing promotes compatibility with various kitchen setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecialized rib design optimizes cooking space for bulk preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced caramelization elevates the quality of cooked ribs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive 2-year warranty assures peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Combination Oven Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEfficient cooking capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrepare more ribs in one go, reducing cooking time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides a -lasting solution that withstands rigorous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEven cooking results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivers consistently delicious ribs, making you a grill master.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rib rack excels in various settings, bringing extraordinary results to any occasion where great ribs are a priority. Here are some of the most common applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving BBQ ribs on their menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events with high-volume rib requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks focusing on quick service without compromising flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking to entertain with flavorful rib dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e setups needing efficient bulk cooking options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rib rack is designed for easy integration into your existing setup. For maintenance, clean with mild detergents after use to maintain its shine and performance. Ensure drying thoroughly to prevent water spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many ribs can the Rib Rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack is designed to hold between 6 to 20 baby rack ribs, making it efficient for large-scale cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the rib rack made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rib rack is constructed from high-quality stainless steel, ensuring durability and excellent heat conduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rib Rack comes with a 2-year warranty, providing reassurance against manufacturing defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your cooking experience with the Rib Rack 1\/1 GN and enjoy perfectly cooked ribs every time. Order today and elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810534015361,"sku":"AT869","price":331.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1f25cd9a44eb82453aa89fe4f4da7c6e.png?v=1781698485"},{"product_id":"1-2gn-stainless-steel-commercial-counter-drawer-kit-set-of-2","title":"1\/2GN Stainless Steel Commercial Counter Drawer Kit Set of 2","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Advance Kit Drawers for Counter Units 1\/2 \u0026amp; 1\/2 GN ADV are essential accessories designed for food service professionals seeking enhanced access and organization within their refrigerated counters. These drawers allow you to transform a cabinet-style cooler into a convenient drawer access system, optimizing space and efficiency in your kitchen or catering setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, these drawers provide durability and ease of maintenance. They are engineered to solve common challenges faced in busy kitchens, such as finding space for ingredients and facilitating quick access to frequently used items. With their sleek silver finish, these drawers seamlessly integrate with your existing equipment, ensuring that your workspace remains and tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 15kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKit to replace 1 door with 2 x 1\/2 drawers - provides enhanced access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel construction - simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimized drawer system - improves organization and workflow efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction - designed to withstand daily use in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncreased storage capacity - fit more ingredients and tools without compromising space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhanced accessibility - quickly locate items without rummaging through a cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel design - ensuring -lasting durability even in high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation - requires minimal tools for a quick and efficient upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSeamlessly fits with existing units - no need for additional modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive silver finish - maintains a look in any kitchen setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces costs by minimizing the need for replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSets up quickly, allowing you to maximize operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced organization\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpeeds up service time by allowing quicker access to ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains a clean and organized workspace that impresses customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Advance Kit Drawers are perfect for a variety of settings, streamlining workflows and enhancing kitchen organization. Consider utilizing these drawers in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and bistros for ingredient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses for quick ingredient access during events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks aiming to optimize limited space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens where efficiency is critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the Advance Kit Drawers is straightforward, requiring minimal tools and time. Regular maintenance involves wiping down the stainless steel surface to keep it clean and hygienic, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Advance Kit Drawers are specifically designed for 1\/2 GN configurations, fitting seamlessly into compatible units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, these drawers come with a 2-year warranty on parts and labor, providing peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these drawers be installed in any refrigerated counter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are specifically designed for Advance refrigerated counters, ensuring perfect compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen's functionality and organization with the Advance Kit Drawers for Counter Units 1\/2 \u0026amp; 1\/2 GN ADV. Order today and experience the difference efficient storage can make! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810534867329,"sku":"FU019","price":1989.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/88e31ac19ae1279c22c8e6df7abbca76.png?v=1781698498"},{"product_id":"1-3gn-commercial-counter-drawer-kit-for-refrigerated-units","title":"1\/3GN Commercial Counter Drawer Kit for Refrigerated Units","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Advance Kit Drawers for Counter Units 1\/3 \u0026amp; 1\/3 \u0026amp; 1\/3 GN ADV is designed for those who require efficient organization within their refrigerated spaces. Tailored for commercial kitchens, these drawers transform cabinet-style coolers into optimized access points, offering convenience and ergonomic benefits in a high-paced environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable stainless steel, these drawers are built to withstand the demands of everyday use. The thoughtful design not only enhances your chiller's functionality, but it also helps mitigate clutter. With a user-friendly installation process, this kit stands out by allowing you to seamlessly replace one door with three accessible drawers, thus maximizing your kitchen's storage potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 25kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKit allows you to replace one door with three 1\/3GN drawers for enhanced accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, making it a hassle-free upgrade for efficient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures longevity and reliability under heavy usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStreamlined organization helps reduce time spent searching for ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances kitchen workflow by providing drawer access for easier ingredient retrieval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMakes cleaning and maintenance simpler due to its drawer design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel material prevents rust and corrosion, ensuring a longer lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design allows for maximum usage of limited kitchen space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortlessly integrates with existing Advance counter units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncreases operational efficiency which can lead to improved service speed and customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced organization\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time wasted searching for ingredients, allowing for smoother kitchen operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting use with minimal wear, benefiting your investment over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick setup means you can get back to serving customers faster.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Advance Kit Drawers are ideally suited for various culinary and commercial environments. Here are some applications where they excel:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes with high foot traffic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring quick access to ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood prep stations in busy kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e settings where organization maintains efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis drawer kit is designed for straightforward installation with compatible Advance refrigerated counters. Regular cleaning with appropriate stainless steel cleaners will ensure the unit remains in optimal condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I install the Advance Kit Drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation instructions are included with the kit, detailing how to replace the existing door with the new drawer setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on these drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drawers come with a 2-year warranty that covers both parts and labour, reassuring you of their quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes do the drawers accommodate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drawers are designed to fit 1\/3GN (Gastronorm) dimensions, perfect for typical kitchen items and ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your workspace with the Advance Kit Drawers for Counter Units 1\/3 \u0026amp; 1\/3 \u0026amp; 1\/3 GN ADV. Order today and experience the difference in efficiency and organization.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810535391617,"sku":"FU021","price":2750.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ff7291f2627942b9e8ba0926b57bd862.png?v=1781698505"},{"product_id":"10-tray-commercial-digital-dehydrator-with-clear-viewing-window","title":"10 Tray Commercial Digital Dehydrator with Clear Viewing Window","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator DH10SSSS13 is an essential tool for anyone looking to preserve their or create healthy, delicious snacks. Designed for both the amateur enthusiast and the chef, this dehydrator offers a seamless way to dry fruits, vegetables, herbs, and meats without negotiating on quality. With its advanced technology and user-friendly features, drying food has never been easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis dehydrator is constructed with high-quality polycarbonate materials, ensuring durability and efficiency in your kitchen. The innovative design enhances user experience, notably featuring a clear top viewing window that allows you to monitor the drying process without needing to interrupt it by opening the door. The convenience of its hideaway door design means that accessing your dehydrated goods is straightforward once the process is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 445(W) x 525(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHyperwave technology ensures precise temperature control for enhanced drying speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eParaFlexx horizontal airflow provides even drying without interruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat control allows for a temperature range from 29.4°C to 73.8°C for up to 60 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use LED control panel features a progress bar to monitor drying status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-phase drying capability accommodates various drying techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe 10 tray design offers ample space for multiple batches of food, making it perfect for larger families or bulk meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHyperwave technology significantly speeds up the drying process while retaining the essential nutrients of the food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision adjustable thermostat allows you to fine-tune the drying temperature to suit different food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear viewing window eliminates guesswork by enabling you to monitor your food without opening the dehydrator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction using polycarbonate ensures -lasting use and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComprehensive two-year warranty gives you peace of mind regarding the durability of your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dehydrator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMultiple Trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrepare large quantities of food in one go, saving time and.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast Drying Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy faster drying times without compromising nutrition or taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple operation allows beginners to confidently dehydrate foods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator excels in various settings and industries. Its versatility makes it perfect for both home kitchens and establishments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for making dried fruits, vegetable chips, and herb preservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUsed in restaurants for creating flavorful, dehydrated garnishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for preparing natural pet treats or jerky for healthy snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for camping and outdoor activities, ensuring you have lightweight, portable snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, it is recommended to place the dehydrator on a flat, stable surface. Clean the trays and housing thoroughly after each use to maintain hygiene and prolong the life of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of power does the dehydrator require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator operates on a single-phase power supply with a voltage of 240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty for this dehydrator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model comes with a warranty of 2 years covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the temperature settings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the dehydrator features an adjustable thermostat with a temperature range from 29.4°C to 73.8°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEmbrace the art of dehydration with the Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator DH10SSSS13. Its advanced technology and ample capacity make it the perfect choice for preserving food efficiently. Order today to start enjoying nutritious, homemade snacks!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810541257089,"sku":"JF763","price":993.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fe332c08718d8fa4b154cb2ac325f606.png?v=1781698559"},{"product_id":"10-tray-digital-commercial-dehydrator-with-timer-and-controls","title":"10 Tray Digital Commercial Dehydrator with Timer and Controls","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Select Digital Dehydrator DH10SCSS13 is a versatile dehydrator designed for anyone looking to preserve food efficiently while enhancing their culinary creativity. Ideal for health-conscious individuals or home cooks, it allows you to transform seasonal harvests and fresh catches into dehydrated delights effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durable polycarbonate material, this dehydrator features a modern design that blends utility with style. The spacious prep area on top offers convenience, while the advanced digital controls allow for precision drying without compromising food quality. With this dehydrator, you can move beyond traditional food preservation and explore a healthier lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 445(W) x 525(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.97kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 trays for ample dehydration space\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe chrome trays make cleaning a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHyperwave technology adjusts temperature, accelerating drying without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eParaFlexx horizontal airflow ensures even and efficient drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat control allows for precise temperature settings between 29.4°C to 73.8°C for up to 60 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use LED control panel features a progress bar for monitoring drying progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear glass French doors provide a full view of the drying process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe recessed prep area streamlines ingredient preparation for a hassle-free experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic shut-off feature provides peace of mind by ensuring efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear viewing doors help you monitor your drying progress without disrupting the process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTen trays allow for a larger capacity, making it suitable for bulk drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction not only offers longevity but also resists wear from regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design reduces running costs while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dehydrator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy customized drying tailored to specific ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for drying large batches of fruits, vegetables, or herbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncludes dishwasher-safe trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Select Digital Dehydrator is ideal for various applications, making it a must-have for kitchen enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for making healthy snacks like dried fruits and vegetable chips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFor gardeners wanting to preserve their homegrown produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor enthusiasts can dehydrate jerky or fish for camping trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCulinary professionals can create unique ingredients for upscale dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-conscious individuals can develop nutritious snacks without additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur dehydrator requires minimal installation; simply place it on a flat, stable surface. When cleaning, the dishwasher-safe trays can be easily removed and placed in the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature the dehydrator can reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable thermostat allows you to set temperatures up to 73.8°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the dehydrator noisy during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dehydrator operates quietly, making it suitable for use in any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I dehydrate food for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can set the timer for up to 60 hours, depending on the moisture content of the food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience of food preservation with the Excalibur 10 Tray Select Digital Dehydrator DH10SCSS13. Order today to elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810541584769,"sku":"JF761","price":847.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5728f99a48d3f304bb0d8925de022dd3.png?v=1781698566"},{"product_id":"10-5ltr-commercial-cold-brew-coffee-machine","title":"10.5Ltr Commercial Cold Brew Coffee Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ColdBRU Coffee Machine is a -grade filter coffee machine designed for coffee enthusiasts and commercial users alike. Perfect for cafes, restaurants, and home brewers, it enables the creation of refreshing iced coffees and delicious flavored beverages. The standout benefit? Its advanced brewing technology ensures a rich, smooth flavor profile with every cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust and sturdy design, the ColdBRU Coffee Machine features high-quality materials that enhance durability. This coffee machine resolves the common issues of uneven extraction and prolonged brewing times. Additionally, it incorporates a unique concentration dispense system that allows users to serve iced and flavored coffee easily, setting it apart from other machines in its category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 15W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum dispense\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 695(H) x 245(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAverage brew time of 3 hours for optimal flavor extraction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo paper filters required, simplifying the cleaning process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAbility to input and save up to 3 custom recipes for consistent brewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAchieves an average of 19% extraction and a 4% dissolved solids (TDS) yield.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient brewing system - Delivers consistent and high-quality coffee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile recipe options - Customize your beverages to suit different tastes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow maintenance requirements - Easy to clean and maintain, saving time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh extraction rates - Ensures a full-bodied flavor profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity - Ideal for busier environments, accommodating high customer demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Filter Coffee Machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdvanced extraction technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExperience richer, smoother coffee with lower acidity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable recipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy unique beverage options tailored to individual preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more time enjoying coffee.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ColdBRU Coffee Machine is well-suited for a variety of settings, making it a versatile addition to any coffee business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes looking to diversify their beverage offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants wanting to enhance their beverage menu with iced coffee options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens needing reliable equipment for high-volume coffee production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome coffee enthusiasts aiming for café-quality beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the ColdBRU Coffee Machine is placed on a stable surface. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain flavor quality and machine efficiency, but its design minimizes the need for complex upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of coffee can I prepare with this machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can make a variety of coffee types, including iced coffee, flavored coffee, and frappes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the brewing process take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe average brew time is around 3 hours to achieve the best flavor extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the ColdBRU Coffee Machine comes with a 1-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the ColdBRU Coffee Machine offers a powerful solution for both commercial and home use, enabling you to create exquisite iced and flavored coffee with ease. Order today to elevate your coffee experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810577203585,"sku":"GM988","price":2471.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4c1f4de011e96edfb636e7a8b478170c.png?v=1781698708"},{"product_id":"1000ml-commercial-refillable-bottle-for-soap-dispenser","title":"1000ml Commercial Refillable Bottle for Soap Dispenser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Spare LDPE Refillable Bottle 1000ml is an essential addition for any commercial setting, especially for those who use the soap and hand sanitiser dispenser. This refillable bottle allows for convenient and effective access to your liquid sanitiser or soap, improving hygiene in environments where cleanliness is paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable LDPE plastic, this bottle is designed for longevity and repeated use. Its lightweight design, weighing only 60 grams, coupled with easy portability, makes it perfect for high-traffic areas such as restaurants, kitchens, and healthcare facilities. With its straightforward installation and compatibility with the dispenser, it alleviates the hassle of refilling and maintaining hygiene solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 108(H) x 225(W) x 96(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 60g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit 1Ltr soap and hand sanitiser dispenser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to fit, minimizing downtime in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight and portable for easy handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReusable design helps reduce waste and promote sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable LDPE construction ensures -lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile size is perfect for a range of soap and sanitiser types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for efficient operation, enhancing user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick and easy changeover to reduce disruption in service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with various dispensers maximizes utility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly, supporting a sustainable approach to hygiene products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides reliability and performance in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures minimal downtime while refilling.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFacilitates easy handling and convenience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Spare LDPE Refillable Bottle excels in numerous settings where hygiene is critical. Its robust design and easy usability make it a favored choice across various industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for soap and sanitiser refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealthcare facilities to ensure cleanliness protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood preparation areas for safe handwashing solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSchools and educational institutions for promoting hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the bottle is quick and hassle-free. Simply remove the old bottle and insert the new LDPE refillable bottle into the dispenser. Regular checks should be made to ensure it is properly fitted for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Spare LDPE Refillable Bottle made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottle is made from durable LDPE plastic, ensuring longevity and repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 108mm in height, 225mm in width, and 96mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bottle easy to refill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the bottle is designed for easy fitting and refilling, minimizing disruption in busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Spare LDPE Refillable Bottle 1000ml, maintaining a hygienic workspace has never been easier. Order today to secure a reliable and efficient solution for your hand sanitising needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810578481537,"sku":"AJ847","price":4.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/44d58f463ab2cdbd65508c0d0fef98ae.png?v=1781698789"},{"product_id":"100l-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-with-sliding-doors","title":"100L Commercial Countertop Display Fridge with Sliding Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge Black 100Ltr is an essential addition for any commercial kitchen or retail environment, providing an efficient way to display and preserve perishable items. Designed with both aesthetics and functionality in mind, this refrigerator ensures that your products remain at optimal serving temperatures while attracting customer attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable plastic and glass materials, the C-Series Fridge not only offers a stylish look but also helps safeguard food from pests and airborne bacteria. Its user-friendly digital controls make monitoring temperature simple, and the removable shelves and doors streamline cleaning, setting this unit apart from the competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 687(H) x 705(W) x 472(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 39kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling for efficient temperature maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous temperature range of 2°C to 10°C for versatile storage options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting enhances visibility of products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost helps maintain efficient operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable shelves provide customizable storage solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure feet ensure stability on any countertop surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital panel for precise temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy access sliding glass doors facilitate quick serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable components make cleaning straightforward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-friendly refrigerant contributes to efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish appearance compliments any retail or kitchen setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Rating A for reduced running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEfficient cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStay assured your products are stored at ideal temperatures, extending their shelf life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElegant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhance the visual appeal of your display area, attracting more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance, allowing you to focus on your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge is perfect for various applications, ensuring that food and beverages are both stored and displayed effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for cafes and coffee shops for showcasing pastries and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect in retail environments to display bottled drinks and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for restaurants needing a compact solution for quick-access items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for supermarkets featuring grab-and-go meal options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile for catering events, keeping items visible and fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the C-Series fridge on a stable countertop away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Regularly clean the shelves and interior to maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge operates within a temperature range of 2°C to 10°C, ideal for preserving a variety of products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series fridge features removable shelves and doors, making it exceptionally easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, providing peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExperience the combination of style and practicality with the C-Series Countertop Display Fridge. Order today to enhance your food display and preservation capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810578678145,"sku":"CU636","price":1358.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/91a9a7dc06b3289a867d7666d727f127.png?v=1781698802"},{"product_id":"100l-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-with-sliding-glass-doors","title":"100L Commercial Countertop Display Fridge with Sliding Glass Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge 100Ltr is an ideal solution for businesses seeking to enhance visibility and accessibility for their chilled offerings. Perfect for delis, cafes, or convenience stores, this display fridge helps maintain the perfect serving temperature while showcasing products in an appealing manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from resilient plastic and glass, this unit effectively resolves common refrigeration issues, providing a reliable cooling environment. The sliding glass doors not only provide easy access but also protect food items from contaminants. Its user-friendly features, like the intuitive digital control panel, set it apart, making it a smart investment for efficient merchandising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 687(H) x 705(W) x 472(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 39kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling ensures consistent temperature across the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED light highlights fridge contents to maximise sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost reduces maintenance effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves allow maximised storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow secure countertop positioning for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control provides accurate readings for optimal food safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSliding glass doors are convenient for quick access while protecting the contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable shelves and doors simplify cleaning after service, ensuring hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient operation with an A rating helps manage operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek design enhances this unit's appearance, complementing any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures longevity and durability in high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily manage and monitor temperatures for food safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower costs without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExcellent visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttract customers with a clear view of your offerings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable in busy environments, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile display fridge is perfect for a variety of settings and industries, maximizing efficiency and visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis and sandwich shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrocery stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food establishments\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and catering companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position this countertop display fridge on a sturdy surface. Ensure that it is plugged into a suitable outlet and regularly check the internal temperature to maintain food safety standards. Cleaning is easy, thanks to removable shelves and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does this fridge operate in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge maintains a temperature range between 2°C to 10°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelving adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the fridge features 2 sturdy adjustable shelves for maximised storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge comes with a 2-year warranty on parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop display fridge offers practical benefits for displaying chilled products while ensuring optimal temperature control. Order today to upgrade your merchandising options.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810578874753,"sku":"CU637","price":1358.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/dfd41cab63025cd2fc5815a8aa0d4584.png?v=1781698809"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/collections\/cat-catering-appliances.png?v=1781881680","url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/catering-appliances.oembed?page=20","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}